The bald faced-lies and warped reasoning that are thinly disguised and hidden within a club sandwich that also contains some elements of truth and reference to reality; are what the 'ruling class' have arrogantly served to us, and relied upon for so long - in order to pull the wool over the eyes of what they term as the "sheeple".
But the people are becoming more and more aware that they are being lied to - that there is a thin veil, an opaque veneer of deception that exists between what they are being told and a set of hidden agendas.
The people are increasingly seeing now that they are being decieved, being fed cover stories. They are getting a sense of what is really going on with the politicians and their masters, the multinational corporatocracy.
One of the latest and most obvious examples of their shams is the TPPA - the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement.
If this agreement is really so beneficial to us all - why is it being negotiated in secret; why are the people not allowed to know what they 'rulers' are attempting to shoe-horn us into?
This section not only details the activities of the Cabal, but also positive movements countering their agendas.
We see this playing out with the recent developments with respect to the likes of Nigel Farage and Donald Trump (despite the negative spin that the Cabal-controlled mainstream media attempts to put on such developments that are in fact positive).
Notification
Archival article sections accessible via the left hand navigation have not been updated for some time - simply due to resource constraints.
However, articles relating to these sections are still being published in the current events article stream.
Each new recent article covering subject matter on this topic will also link to most other articles on this site relating to said topic. (You can also navigate back in time through all articles published over the last ten years from the top and bottom of each page.)
When this website launched over a decade ago, things were comparatively quiet - in relation to the almost unmanageable daily avalanche of information coming in now.
The West’s NGO ‘Human Rights’ Scam October 2 2017 | From:
Just look around the world and throughout recent history, and you will find a number of compelling cases where western-backed NGOs have frequently acted as enablers for the military interventions, sanctions and economic blockades that followed.
Look at Iraq, Libya, Syria, Afghanistan, Yugoslavia, Iran and Sudan – all were given the ‘human rights’ treatment prior to aggressive western actions. In most cases, claims of human rights violations and exaggerated atrocity reports preceded western action.
In his 2016 position paper entitled, An Intorduction: Smart Power & The Human Rights Industrial Complex, 21WIRE’s Patrick Henningsen raised the alarm about the use of high-profile ‘human rights’ charities NGO’s like Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International who have allowed their organisations to used as pro-interventionist propaganda outlets:
“Though many human rights charities still market themselves as ‘neutral’ and ‘nonpartisan’, but reality is something very different.”
“With public skepticism of the charity sector already at an all-time high, the danger is clear: if conflicts of interest are not addressed in a serious way, they threaten to undermine the credibility of the entire non-governmental organization (NGO) sector internationally.”
Below is a video presentation from leading independent military affairs website Southfront which skillfully unravels the West’s sophisticated international ‘third sector’ web of NGO’s and charities, and how they are used to promote the foreign policy and military objectives of the US and its NATO allies worldwide.
Russia Releases Photos Claiming To Show US Special Ops Equipment In ISIS Positions In Syria & Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya October 1 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / VeteransToday
Aerial images were recently released that appear to show U.S. Special Operations Forces and their equipment embedded in ISIS positions in Syria.
While coverage of the Islamic State’s reign of terror in Iraq and Syria has quietly disappeared from the mainstream media, allegations and photos of the United States supporting and funding the group continue to come to the forefront.
The latest battle is occurring over Deir er-Zor, the largest city in eastern Syria, where both the U.S. and Russia claim to be fighting against ISIS. However, according to the Russian Ministry of Defense, aerial images of ISIS positions included equipment from U.S. Army Special Forces.
In a statement posted on its Facebook page, the Russian Defense Ministry claimed that U.S. Special Operations Forces units “enable US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces units to smoothly advance through the ISIS formations” and because they are facing no resistance from ISIS militants, the Syrian Democratic Forces units are “advancing along the left shore of the Euphrates toward Deir er-Zor.”
Russia’s MoD claimed the aerial photos were taken on Sept. 8-12 over ISIS locations north of Deir er-Zor. The equipment from American Special Operations Forces came in the form of “a large number” of American Hummer armored vehicles.
The statement noted that even though the presence of the Special Operations Forces would indicate that they were aware of the terrorist group’s presence in the area, its actions suggest that “the US troops feel safe in terrorist controlled regions,” because there were no calls for an organized screening patrol and there is no evidence of US-led coalition airstrikes to drive out the militants.
"The shots clearly show the US SOF units located at strongholds that had been equipped by the ISIS terrorists. Though there is no evidence of assault, struggle or any US-led coalition airstrikes to drive out the militants.
Despite that the US strongholds being located in the ISIS areas, no screening patrol has been organized at them. This suggests that the US troops feel safe in terrorist controlled regions.”
Both the statement and the aerial images from Russia’s Ministry of Defense serve as a reminder that the lines are often blurred when it comes to the difference between the Syrian Democratic Forces (which openly receive U.S. funding) and ISIS militants (which have mysteriously received help from the U.S. on a number of occasions).
There have been accusations of the U.S. paying the salaries of the “moderate rebels” it was training in Syria, with one rebel commander reportedly saying in July that “U.S. support had been waning for months,” but the rebels “had been given their salaries as normal last month.”
Russian President Putin alluded to the idea in 2014, when he called out the Obama Administration for arming and training “the Syrians that were fighting Assad,” and then noted that both the “moderate rebels” and the “ISIS militants” are mercenaries, often fighting for the side that pays them the largest salary.
“Another threat that President Obama mentioned was ISIS,” Putin said. “Well who on earth armed them? Who armed the Syrians that were fighting with Assad?
Who created the necessary political information and climate that facilitated this situation? Who pushed for the delivery of arms to the area? Do you really not understand who is fighting in Syria?
They are mercenaries mostly. Do you understand they are paid money? Mercenaries fight for whichever side pays more.”
There are also a number of circumstances in which U.S. equipment and funding just happened to benefit the Islamic State.
In October 2014, the Pentagon admitted that the U.S. airdropped weapons to ISIS, and blamed “the wind” for the fact that those weapons were not delivered to Kurdish fighters in Kobani.
In October 2016, the Pentagon was caught paying a PR firm $540 million to create fake terrorist videos - much like the ones purported to show ISIS militants beheading innocent civilians.
Then in a 2016 audit, the Department of Defense admitted that it could not account for $1 billion in weapons and equipment that was meant for forces in Syria, but likely ended up in the hands of ISIS.
In 2017, allegations that U.S. Army Special Operations Forces units were found embedded with ISIS militants are no surprise, given the United States’ history of being in the right place at the right time to protect the group from being defeated.
As the reports become more and more obvious, it raises the question of whether the U.S. government will ever admit its true role in the conflict.
Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya
Mossad officer leading ISIS as mosque Imam arrested in Libya. [We have known for a long time that US, Israeli & Saudi officers were leading ISIS, this latest incident is just further proof of that.]
Libyan authorities arrested a leader and mosque preacher of the ISIS terrorist group who later confessed to be a Mossad officer.
According to the Libyan authorities, preacher Abu Hafs’ real name is Benjamin Efraim, an Israeli national operating in one of Mossad’s special units which conduct espionage operations in Arab and Islamic countries.
The Libyan authorities said the Mossad spy has started his career in Libya by leading a 200-member ISIS-affiliated group and moved to Benghazi in disguise as a preacher.
According to them, Abu Hafs had attempted to infiltrate Egypt, adding that the group, under his command, is among the most barbaric terrorist groups which had threatened to export war to Egypt.
The report came in the backdrop of a number of reports that said ISIS Leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was also a Mossad agent although no credible evidence has yet been presented to substantiate the claim.
When the terror outfit attacked Iraq and conquered Mosul some three years ago, numerous reports have surfaced the media disclosing that tens of Mossad agents are leading ISIS fighters.
The report came as speculations are increasing within the ranks of ISIS over the possible successor of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi after the recent reports about his death.
According to last month reports, ISIS’s leader in Libya Jalalulddin al-Tunisi and ISIS’s leader in Syria Abu Mohammad al-Shamali are the main two picks to lead the terrorist group after al-Baghdadi.
Jalalulddin al-Tunisi, whose real name is Mohammad Bin Salem al-Oyoni, was born in 1982 and is a resident of the town of Masaken in Souseh province in Central Tunisia.
Al-Oyoni has also acquired the French nationality after his trip to the European country before joining terrorist groups in Tunisia in 2011-2012. Al-Oyoni joined ISIS in Iraq and Syria in 2013 and 2014.
American and Iraqi sources claimed that six commanders of ISIS, including a Belgian-Algerian and a French member of the terrorist group are read to be the successor of al-Baghdadi.
Hillary Clinton ‘Cover Up’ Elite Pedophile Ring At State Department According To NBC News Report + Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison September 30 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Washington Post / Various
The Pizzagate topic has been one of great controversy, and for good reason – if true, the implications of the allegations are huge. It would turn how we view powerful people including Presidents, high ranking political officials and those we entrust to run our countries on its head.
An NBC news report claims that Hillary Clinton, while acting as secretary of state, shut down an investigation into an elite pedophile ring in State Department ranks in order to avoid scandal
These people would be, under the definitions of our systems, criminals committing pedophilia.
So one must be careful in digging into the correct details when exploring this subject. At the same time, you would assume that if all of this was not true, it would be no problem allowing full on investigations to take place. Except, that’s not what is happening.
An NBC news report claims that Hillary Clinton, while acting as secretary of state, shut down an investigation into an elite pedophile ring in State Department ranks in order to avoid scandal and protect the careers of high ranking officials and an ambassador. Why would this need to happen?
The NBC investigation was broadcast prior to when NBC became heavily slanted in favor of Hillary’s campaign in the recent election. They were handed internal State Department memos to back up claims of a massive Hillary Clinton elite pedophile ring cover-up.
“Serious allegations concerning the State Department,” the NBC anchor announced, before launching into the disturbing details that mainstream media would be unable to report on in 2017 given the backlash received and cover up that ensued when PizzaGate began circulating.
“According to internal State Department memos the agency might have called off or intervened into investigations into possibly illegal, inappropriate behaviour within its ranks allegedly to protect jobs and avoid scandals.”
“This concerns a time when Hillary Clinton was secretary of state.”
Guess What Investigation Hillary Clinton Covered Up At The State Department
“There is an old saying in Washington that the cover-up is worse than the crime. But in this case both parts of it are disturbing,” Chuck Todd continued.
“Allegations of prostitution and pedophilia, and allegations that those crimes were somehow covered up or not looked into. So the State Department this morning is having to respond to those claims, and those investigations involve misconduct by State Department officials, including an Ambassador and security agents attached to then secretary of state, Hillary Clinton.”
“The allegations are that these investigations were whitewashed, quashed altogether, and that those orders came from high up.”
“NBC has obtained documents relating to ongoing investigations into some disturbing allegations involving State Department personnel and at least one ambassador. A State Department memo says, quote, “the Ambassador routinely ditched his protective security detail in order to solicit sexual favors from both prostitutes and minor children."
“The memo also says a top State Department official directed State Department investigators to “cease the investigation” into the ambassador’s conduct.” It’s just one of what another document describes as “several examples of undue influence” from top State Department officials.”
“We know that both of them have been a major part and participant of what’s called The Lolita Express, which is a plane owned by Mr. Jeff Epstein, a wealthy multi-millionaire w
We can also look back to a recent debacle that took place when CBS anchor Ben Swann told the pizzagate story during his segment Reality Check. It was a very fair and balanced report with little emotion or conclusion drawn. It allowed the viewer to make up their minds for themselves and unlike many mainstream media stories, it didn’t aggressively try to stray the viewer in a direction.
Yet Swann’s episode was shut down, removed and his personal work was taken offline. After some time he returned to CBS but the pizzagate story was buried.
We spoke with Ben not long after, we plan to release a short documentary outlining what happened completely with the whole pizzagate story backlash in the coming months.
Elite Pedophile Ring Coming Down?
In contrast to Clinton’s cover-up, President Trump has announced a federal investigation into the elite pedophile scandal involving human trafficking earlier this month and promised to help put an end to the “horrific, really horrific crimes taking place.”
Not long ago, president Trump held a short press conference following a meeting with human trafficking experts to announce he will direct “the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies” to devote more resources and personnel to the investigation.
While this investigation requires much more attention, Trump only appeared at the press conference for less than two minutes. He stated that the issue has been on the radar of federal government for some time but since taking office in January the investigation has become “much more focused.”
We hope to see him stay true with this intention and bring an end to this racket.
“It has been much more focused over the last four weeks, I can tell you that.”
Trump: I'll Fight Human Trafficking 'Epidemic'
Why This Needs To Be Explored
While it is very easy to view this type of story as negative in our minds, it’s important we bring the truth to the surface. We are in a time when humanity is faced with serious decisions about its future.
Do we continue down the disconnected and incredibly destructive path we are on, or do we continue to awaken to what’s really going on in our world, dismantle it and then create a world where we can thrive?
There is no doubt that what used to slip through the cracks years ago no longer does. People are much more wise to the games and cover ups going on in our world, especially within high ranking political and military levels within the US.
Many have become much more informed about the ruling cabal or shadow government or deep state that is running our world. This was a conspiracy just 10 years ago, and yet now it’s even being discussed in mainstream news.
This illustrates quite clearly the grand shift in consciousness humanity is experiencing and through this process we will be seeing the truth about what is really going on in our world so as a whole we can process and shift all that we have been creating from the level of consciousness we have been experiencing for centuries.
This will mean facing our ‘darkness’, working through deep seeded emotional pain, moving beyond our ego’s, understanding who we truly are and why we are here and so forth. Not from a religious or ‘new age’ way, but from a basic understanding of how all things function.
We’re already seeing this happen in a big way with the rise of new understandings into the spiritual nature of who we truly are.
So as these truths come to light, we’re challenged to look beyond judgement of them, process the anger, the ‘hate’, the fear or worry that might come and instead get into a place where we can see the experience as something we simply do not want in our reality and more so, can understand how it has served us to grow.
Again, this is not about allowing things like this to continue, but to instead end it and change it from a place of love and peace verses a place of anger, resentment and grief, which will only create more of it.
Change starts within. By creating these shifts in perception within ourself, we become clear on the correct action to take moving forward and also give permission for others to see the world in a new way too, which allows things to shift in a much deeper way. We are all capable of this.
If you wish to learn more about the shift in consciousness taking place in our world, check out our latest documentary CE3: The Shift which you can watch for free here.
Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison
Disgraced former U.S. congressman Anthony Weiner, whose exchange of illicit messages with a teenager wound up playing a role in the 2016 presidential election, was sentenced Monday to 21 months in prison, authorities said.
Former representative Anthony Weiner (D-N.Y.) was sentenced Sept. 25 to 21 months in jail for transferring obscene material to a minor
The penalty marks a stunning downfall for the New York Democrat whose propensity for sending lewd photos to women repeatedly derailed his career in politics, and - in a roundabout way - might also have affected Hillary Clinton’s bid to become president.
It was federal authorities’ investigation of Weiner that led them to emails of his wife, top Clinton aide Huma Abedin, and the discovery of those emails ultimately caused the FBI, as the election campaign drew to a close, to reopen the probe of Clinton’s use of a private email server.
Weiner, 53, pleaded guilty in May to transferring obscene material to a minor, stemming from interactions he had with a 15-year-old who later described the exchanges and released images to the Daily Mail.
The report in September 2016 was notable, although by then, Weiner was well known for such conduct. Abedin had recently separated from her husband, after the New York Post revealed he had sent photos and sexual texts to another woman, and the two are in the process of a divorce.
Similar incidents had forced Weiner’s resignation from Congress and dashed his hopes of becoming mayor of New York City.
Because of the teen’s age, Weiner’s exchanges with her would have far more dire consequences. Prosecutors said Weiner knew that the girl was a minor and nonetheless asked her to engage in explicit conduct, which is a crime. They asked for a sentence between 21 and 27 months, arguing that Weiner’s misdeeds were “serious and his demonstrated need for deterrence is real.”
“The defendant did far more than exchange typed words on a lifeless cellphone screen with a faceless stranger,” prosecutors wrote in sentencing papers.
“With full knowledge that he was communicating with a real 15-year-old girl, the defendant asked her to engage in sexually explicit conduct via Skype and Snapchat, where her body was on display, and where she was asked to sexually perform for him.”
Weiner’s defense attorneys argued for a penalty that did not include jail time. They cast the former congressman as a man with an addiction problem and asserted that the teen had reached out to him hoping to generate material for a book deal.
She was paid $30,000 by the Daily Mail for her story, defense attorneys wrote, and an additional $10,000 for a recent appearance on “Inside Edition.” The teen also admitted to investigators that “one of her goals” was to affect the outcome of the presidential election, defense attorneys asserted.
For his part, Weiner, who appeared at the sentencing in federal district court in Manhattan on Monday, apologized for what he had done and said he is seeking treatment for his addiction.
“I am profoundly sorry to her,” he wrote in a letter to the court. “I was selfish. I have no excuse for what I did to her.”
When the investigation into Weiner’s exchanges with the girl were publicly revealed, the Trump campaign seized on the news to call for Clinton to return donations from Weiner. The Republican presidential candidate would soon have much more fodder.
In investigating Weiner, the FBI found correspondence between Clinton and Abedin on a device they had not examined previously. That discovery prompted them to reopen their investigation of Clinton’s use of a private email server, just weeks before the election. They sought a warrant to examine what they thought might be new emails.
The FBI had previously concluded that no one should be charged in the case, and agents ultimately found nothing that changed their minds. Still, the revelation that the probe was reopened became a major issue late in the presidential election, and Clinton has blamed it in part for her loss.
Weiner’s defense attorneys even noted the FBI’s actions in urging a lenient sentence, arguing that the public disclosures of the investigative steps “exacted significant extrajudicial punishment on Anthony and his family.”
“Anthony might once have been a punchline, but he is now - to many in this country - something far worse, as a result of Secretary Clinton’s loss,” defense attorneys wrote.
In a news release, acting Manhattan U.S. attorney Joon H. Kim said Weiner received a “just sentence that was appropriate for his crime.”
U.S. District Judge Denise L. Cote said at the hearing, “This is a serious crime that deserves serious punishment.”
Weiner is scheduled to report to prison on Nov. 6, prosecutors said.
Arlo Devlin-Brown, Weiner’s defense attorney, said in a statement that the defense team was “disappointed” Weiner had been sentenced to prison.
“Judge Cote reasoned that because of Anthony’s notoriety, a sentence of imprisonment could discourage others from following in his footsteps,” Devlin-Brown said. “We certainly hope this public service message is received, but it has resulted in a punishment more severe than it had to be given the unusual facts and circumstances of this case.”
Comment: What we are seeing now is just the very tip of the iceberg as the pedo-run-elite begin to be exposed. Most people will not even be able to comprehend the pervasiveness of paedophilia used by the Luciferian religion that drives the Cabal - but the truth must be exposed in order for the world to move ahead.
In Stunning Reversal, DHS Says Russians Were Not Behind Attempted Wisconsin Vote Hacking + Bannon To Conservatives: Fear 'Corrupt' GOP Establishment September 29 2017 | From: Zerohedge / ABCNews/ Various
Just in time for the weekend, the Associated Press reported on Friday that the Department of Homeland Security had notified 21 states earlier that day that their election systems had been targeted by malicious cyber actors.
The states and DHS quickly jumped to the conclusion that Russia had ordered the cyberattacks, even though it was reported that the identity or identities of the perpetrators were inconclusive.
Yet, the news spread like wildfire after readers had been primed as reports of possible infiltartion of state election systems had circulated for nearly a year. Even so, for many states, the call Friday from the Department of Homeland Security was the first official confirmation that their election systems had, in fact, been targeted by hackers.
Federal officials said that in most of the 21 states, the targeting was preparatory activity such as scanning computer systems.
But in a stunning reversal - one which we doubt will put endless rumors of Russian cyberinterference to bed - the AP now reports that DHS has told Wisconsin that the Russian government was not involved in the cyber-targeting.
In an email to the state’s deputy elections administrator that was provided to reporters at the Wisconsin Elections Commission meeting on Tuesday, Homeland Security said that initial notice of Russian involvement was made in error.
Also, as we noted at the time, the government did not originally assign blame to the Russians when news of the alleged "scanning" initially broke on Friday although most medias jumped at the opportunity to blame Putin.
Infuriated by the error, some state officials said that DHS should provide an expalanation for the errror, or at least issue an apology to state elections officials, who were understandbly unnerved by the news of Russian involvement.
“Based on our external analysis, the WI IP address affected belongs to the WI Department of Workforce Development, not the Elections Commission,” said the email from Juan Figueroa, with Homeland Security’s Office of Infrastructure Protection.
It wasn’t immediately known if Homeland Security made similar mistakes with any of the other 20 states. Figueroa did not immediately reply to an email seeking an explanation of how the mistake was made.
Homeland Security initially told the Elections Commission that the Russians scanned the state’s internet-connected election infrastructure, likely seeking specific vulnerabilities to access voter registration databases.
“Either they were right on Friday and this is a cover up, or they were wrong on Friday and we deserve an apology,” Mark Thomsen, the commission’s chairman, said in light of the new email.”
Wisconsin’s chief elections administrator Michael Haas told AP that Homeland Security had assured the state that it had not been targeted - by Russians, or anybody else, for that matter.
“Wisconsin was not provided any information that indicated before the November election that Russian government actors were targeting election systems,”Haas said. He said one theory is that Homeland Security saw suspicious activity from IP addresses targeting state election systems in other states and assumed that was the intent in Wisconsin as well.
Others were apparently in shock: “It’s been a difficult process trying to piece all of this together,” said Wisconsin Elections Commission spokesman Reid Magney. “We’re trying to understand what happened.”
Furthermore, Wisconsin’s chief information officer, David Cagigal, told the elections commission that Wisconsin had never been told by Homeland Security, prior to the Friday notice, that Russians had targeted Wisconsin’s election system or anything else.
Deputy information officer, Herb Thompson, said Homeland Security told the state in October to check on a certain IP address that the state had blocked from accessing its systems in August 2016.
“We have never seen any of those activities result in anything other than someone trying to turn the doorknob to see if a door is open,” Thompson said.
“Those IP addresses we talked about, we had blocked, they were related to non-election systems.”Cagigal said, “Our systems were protected and we had no incidences.”
Still, the state's election commission has promised to improve security before the midterms next year.
Reports that Russians may have targeted, or infiltrated, state voting systems have been circulating since late last year, when the Washington Post published a story about alleged Russian infiltration in Vermont, only to retract the story shortly after.
While we doubt that this will be the last "Russia hacked the elections" fake news, it is reassuring that all this frenzied chaos will at least bring some security to America's voting systems.
Security enhancements being considered include encrypting the entire voter registration database to protect the information and make it unusable to anyone who may be able to steal it and requiring two-factor authentication for the roughly 3,000 local and state officials who have access to the WisVote system.
Perhaps an appropriate question is why this wasn't done before?
Roger Stone’s Statement To Congress On Russia-Gate
Roger Stone releases his testimony that will be delivered to the House Intelligence Committee, setting the record straight and debunking the lies concerning Russia.
Bannon To Conservatives: Fear 'Corrupt' GOP Establishment
Former White House strategist Steve Bannon told conservatives Sunday at a rally that they needn't worry about Democrats but instead should focus on the "corrupt and incompetent Republican establishment."
Senior Counselor to the President Steve Bannon walks into the Rose Garden before President Donald Trump announces his decision to pull out of the Paris climate agreement at the White House, June 1, 2017, in Washington
Bannon spoke to about 400 people at a St. Louis hotel during the rally hosted by Phyllis Schlafly Eagles, a spinoff of the conservative think tank Eagle Forum that Schlafly founded and led until her death last year at age 92.
The rally came at a tense time in St. Louis, where nearly 200 people have been arrested in protest since Sept. 15, when a judge acquitted a white former police officer in the fatal shooting of a black suspect. A small group of protesters stood outside the hotel with signs, including large letters that spelled out "Racist."
Bannon left his White House post in August after a turbulent seven months. He immediately returned to Breitbart News, which he led before joining Donald Trump's presidential campaign.
During a three-minute speech, Bannon said he left the White House because Trump "needed a wingman to go against the Republican establishment."
“It's not the Democrats, we'll get to them and we'll beat them, like we beat Hillary Clinton," Bannon said. "But the first thing you've got to get through is a corrupt and incompetent Republican establishment," he told the crowd to cheers."
Republicans in Congress have failed to support Trump's "populist, nationalist, conservative" message and ideas, Bannon said.
"They're not conservatives. They're liberals, and that is what we've got to fight every day," he said.
Despite his continuing support for the president, Bannon is heading to Alabama to campaign against the Trump-backed candidate in that state's Republican Senate primary. He is scheduled to speak Monday at a rally for former Alabama Chief Justice Roy Moore, ahead of the Tuesday runoff.
Trump is backing the incumbent, Sen. Luther Strange, who was appointed to the seat that belonged to Attorney General Jeff Sessions.
Bannon said opponents of Moore have waged "politics of personal destruction. They're out to destroy him. Do you know why? Because they cannot take the righteousness the people like Judge Moore represent."
Some at the rally wore "Support President Trump" T-shirts. Among them was Edith Herd, 61, who said she remains unwavering in her support of the president.
“He has the nation at heart," Herd said. "He's not a perfect man. There are things in his past I don't agree with. But we give everybody second chances. Give him a chance to do what he said he was going to do."
Bannon received an award from the group earlier in the day, but the presentation was closed to media.
Schlafly, of suburban St. Louis, was the driving force behind defeat of the pro-feminist Equal Rights Amendment in the 1970s. Her endorsement of Trump several months before her death was part of the internal organizational strife that led Phyllis Schlafly Eagles to break away from Eagle Forum.
Happy Birthday CIA: 7 Truly Terrible Things The Agency Has Done In 70 Years September 28 2017 | From: ActivistPost
On Monday, President Trump tweeted birthday wishes to the Air Force and the CIA. Both became official organizations 70 years ago on September 18, 1947, with the implementation of the National Security Act of 1947.
After spending years as a wartime intelligence agency called the Office of Strategic Services, the agency was solidified as a key player in the federal government’s operations with then-President Harry Truman’s authorization.
In the seventy years since, the CIA has committed a wide variety of misdeeds, crimes, coups, and violence. Here are seven of the worst programs they’ve carried out (that are known to the public):
1. Toppling Governments Around the World
The CIA is best known for its first coup, Operation Ajax, in 1953, in which it ousted the democratically elected leader of Iran, Mohammed Mossadegh, reinstating the autocratic Shah, who favored western oil interests.
That operation, which the CIA now admits to waging with British intelligence, ultimately resulted in the 1979 revolution and subsequent U.S. hostage crisis. Relations between the U.S. and Iran remain strained to this day, aptly described by the CIA-coined term “blowback.”
But the CIA has had a hand in toppling a number of other democratically elected governments, from Guatemala (1954) and the Congo (1960) to the Dominican Republic (1961), South Vietnam (1963), Brazil (1964), and Chile (1973). The CIA has aimed to install leaders who appease American interests, often empowering oppressive, violent dictators. This is only a partial list of countries where the CIA covertly attempted to exploit and manipulate sovereign nations’ governments.
2. Operation Paperclip
In one of the more bizarre CIA plots, the agency and other government departments employed Nazi scientists both within and outside the United States to gain an advantage over the Soviets. As summarized by NPR:
"The aim [of Operation Paperclip] was to find and preserve German weapons, including biological and chemical agents, but American scientific intelligence officers quickly realized the weapons themselves were not enough.
They decided the United States needed to bring the Nazi scientists themselves to the U.S. Thus began a mission to recruit top Nazi doctors, physicists and chemists - including Wernher von Braun, who went on to design the rockets that took man to the moon."
They praised the book’s historical accuracy, noting “that the Launch Operations Center at Cape Canaveral, Florida, was headed by Kurt Debus, an ardent Nazi.” They acknowledged that “General Reinhard Gehlen, former head of Nazi intelligence operations against the Soviets, was hired by the US Army and later by the CIA to operate 600 ex-Nazi agents in the Soviet zone of occupied Germany.”
Remarkably, they noted that Jacobsen “understandably questions the morality of the decision to hire Nazi SS scientists,” but praise her for pointing out that it was done to fight Soviets. They also made sure to add that the Soviets hired Nazis, too, apparently justifying their own questionable actions by citing their most loathed enemy.
But that was of little concern to President Lyndon B. Johnson as opposition to the Vietnam war grew. According to former New York Times journalist and Pulitzer Prize-winner Tim Weiner, as documented in his extensive CIA history, Legacy of Ashes, Johnson instructed then-CIA Director Richard Helms to break the law:
"In October 1967, a handful of CIA analysts joined in the first big Washington march against the war. The president regarded protesters as enemies of the state. He was convinced that the peace movement was controlled and financed by Moscow and Beijing. He wanted proof. He ordered Richard Helms to produce it.
Helms reminded the president that the CIA was barred from spying on Americans. He says Johnson told him: ‘I’m quite aware of that. What I want for you is to pursue this matter, and to do what is necessary to track down the foreign communists who are behind this intolerable interference in our domestic affairs…’”
Helms obeyed. Weiner wrote:
"In a blatant violation of his powers under the law, the director of central intelligence became a part-time secret police chief. The CIA undertook a domestic surveillance operation, code-named Chaos. It went on for almost seven years…
Eleven CIA officers grew long hair, learned the jargon of the New Left, and went off to infiltrate peace groups in the United States and Europe.
According to Weiner, “the agency compiled a computer index of 300,000 names of American people and organizations, and extensive files on 7,200 citizens. It began working in secret with police departments all over America.”
Because they could not draw a “clear distinction” between the new far left and mainstream opposition to the war, the CIA spied on every major peace organization in the country. President Johnson also wanted them to prove a connection between foreign communists and the black power movement.
“The agency tried its best,” Weiner noted, ultimately noting that “the CIA never found a shred of evidence that linked the leaders of the American left or the black-power movement to foreign governments.”
4. Infiltrating the Media
Over the years, the CIA has successfully gained influence in the news media, as well as popular media like film and television. Its influence over the news began almost immediately after the agency was formed. As Weiner explained, CIA Director Allen Dulles established firm ties with newspapers:
"Dulles kept in close touch with the men who ran the New York Times, The Washington Post, and the nation’s leading weekly magazines.
He could pick up the phone and edit a breaking story, make sure an irritating foreign correspondent was yanked from the field, or hire the services of men such as Time’s Berlin bureau chief and Newsweek’s man in Tokyo.”
"It was second nature for Dulles to plant stories in the press. American newsrooms were dominated by veterans of the government’s wartime propaganda branch, the Office of War Information…
The men who responded to the CIA’s call included Henry Luce and his editors at Time, Life, and Fortune; popular magazines such as Parade, the Saturday Review, and Reader’s Digest; and the most powerful executives at CBS News.
Dulles built a public-relations and propaganda machine that came to include more than fifty news organizations, a dozen publishing houses, and personal pledges of support from men such as Axel Springer, West Germany’s most powerful press baron..”
The CIA’s influence had not waned by 1977 when journalist Carl Bernstein reported on publications with CIA agents in their employ, as well as “more than 400 American journalists who in the past twenty‑five years have secretly carried out assignments for the Central Intelligence Agency.”
The CIA has also successfully advised on and influenced numerous television shows, such asHomeland and 24 and films like Zero Dark Thirty and Argo, which push narratives that ultimately favor the agency. According to Tricia Jenkins, author of The CIA in Hollywood: How the Agency Shapes Film & Television, a concerted agency effort began in the 1990s to counteract negative public perceptions of the CIA, but their influence reaches back decades.
In the 1950s, filmmakers produced films for the CIA, including the 1954 film adaptation of George Orwell’s Animal Farm.
Researchers Tom Secker and Matthew Alford, whose work has been published in the American Journal of Economics and Sociology, say their recent Freedom of Information Act requests have shown that the CIA - along with the military - have influenced over 1,800 films and television shows, many of which have nothing to do with CIA or military themes.
5. Drug-Induced Mind Control
In the 1950s, the CIA began experimenting with drugs to determine whether they might be useful in extracting information. As Smithsonian Magazine has noted of the MKUltra project:
"The project, which continued for more than a decade, was originally intended to make sure the United States government kept up with presumed Soviet advances in mind-control technology. It ballooned in scope and its ultimate result, among other things, was illegal drug testing on thousands of Americans.”
"The intent of the project was to study ‘the use of biological and chemical materials in altering human behavior,’ according to the official testimony of CIA director Stansfield Turner in 1977.
The project was conducted in extreme secrecy, Turner said, because of ethical and legal questions surrounding the program and the negative public response that the CIA anticipated if MKUltra should become public.
Under MKUltra, the CIA gave itself the authority to research how drugs could:’ ‘promote the intoxicating effects of alcohol;’ ‘render the induction of hypnosis easier;’ ‘enhance the ability of individuals to withstand privation, torture and coercion;’ produce amnesia, shock and confusion; and much more.
Many of these questions were investigated using unwitting test subjects, like drug-addicted prisoners, marginalized sex workers and terminal cancer patients– ‘people who could not fight back,’ in the words of Sidney Gottlieb, the chemist who introduced LSD to the CIA.”
Further, as Weiner noted:
"Under its auspices, seven prisoners at a federal penitentiary in Kentucky were kept high on LSD for seventy-seven consecutive days. When the CIA slipped the same drug to an army civilian employee, Frank Olson, he leaped out of the window of a New York Hotel.
Weiner added that senior CIA officers destroyed “almost all of the records” of the programs, but that while the “evidence that remains is fragmentary…it strongly suggests that use of secret prisons for the forcible drug-induced questioning of suspect agents went on throughout the 1950s.”
Years later, the CIA would be accused of distributing crack-cocaine into poor black communities, though this is currently less substantiated and supported mostly by accounts of those who claim to have been involved.
More recently, the CIA was exposed for sponsoring abusive, disturbing terror tactics against detainees at prisons housing terror suspects.
An extensive 2014 Senate report documented agents committing sexual abuse, forcing detainees to stand on broken legs, waterboarding them so severely it sometimes led to convulsions, and imposing forced rectal feeding, to name a few examples.
Ultimately, the agency had very little actionable intelligence to show for their torture tactics but lied to suggest they did, according to the torture report. Their torture tactics led the International Criminal Court to suggest the CIA, along with the U.S. armed forces, could be guilty of war crimes for their abuses.
7. Arming Radicals
The CIA has a long habit of arming radical, extremist groups that view the United States as enemies. In 1979, the CIA set out to support Afghan rebels in their bid to defeat the Soviet occupation of the Middle Eastern country.
As Weiner wrote, in 1979, “Prompted by Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Carter signed a covert-action order for the CIA to provide the Afghan rebels with medical aid, money, and propaganda.”
"The Pakistani intelligence chiefs who doled out the CIA’s guns and money favored the Afghan factions who proved themselves most capable in battle. Those factions also happened to be the most committed Islamists. No one dreamed that the holy warriors could ever turn their jihad against the United States.”
Though some speculate the CIA directly armed Osama bin Laden, that is yet to be fully proven or admitted. What is clear is that western media revered him as a valuable fighter against the Soviets, that he arrived to fight in Afghanistan in1980, and that al-Qaeda emerged from the mujahideen, who were beneficiaries of the CIA’s program.
Stanford University has noted that Bin Laden and Abdullah Azzam, a prominent Palestinian cleric, “established Al Qaeda from the fighters, financial resources, and training and recruiting structures left over from the anti-Soviet war.” Much of those “structures” were provided by the agency.
Intentionally or not, the CIA helped fuel the rise of the terror group.
Weiner noted that as the CIA failed in other countries like Libya, by the late 1980s “Only the mujahideen, the Afghan holy warriors, were drawing blood and scenting victory. The CIA’s Afghan operation was now a $700-million-dollar-a-year-program” and represented 80% of the overseas budget of the clandestine services.
“The CIA’s briefing books never answered the question of what would happen when a militant Islamic army defeated the godless invaders of Afghanistan,” though Tom Twetten, “the number two man in the clandestine service in the summer of 1988,” was tasked with figuring out what would happen with the Afghan rebels. “We don’t have any plan,” he concluded.
Apparently failing to learn their lesson, the CIA adopted nearly the exact same policy in Syria decades later, arming what they called “moderate rebels” against the Assad regime. Those groups ultimately aligned with al-Qaeda groups. One CIA-backed faction made headlines last year for beheading a child (though President Trump cut off the CIA program in June, the military continues to align with “moderate” groups).
Unsurprisingly, this list is far from complete. The CIA has engaged in a wide variety of extrajudicial practice, and there are likely countless transgressions we have yet to learn about.
As Donald Trump cheers the birthday of an agency he himself once criticized, it should be abundantly clear that the nation’s covert spy agency deserves scrutiny and skepticism - not celebration.
Comment:Remeber you are watching a 'Horse and Pony' show. Of course a sitting president has to be seen to support the CIA in its current form.
10 Shocking Declassified Secrets
Sloppy U.S. Spies Misused A Covert Network For Personal Shopping - And Other Stories From Internal NSA Documents September 27 2017 | From: TheIntercept
NSA agents successfully targeted “the entire business chain” connecting foreign cafes to the internet, bragged about an “all-out effort” to spy on liberated Iraq, and began systematically trying to break into virtual private networks, according to a set of internal agency news reports dating to the first half of 2005.
In this May 1, 2003 file photo, President George W. Bush gives a “thumbs-up” sign after declaring the end of major combat in Iraq as he speaks aboard the aircraft carrier USS Abraham Lincoln off the California coast
British spies, meanwhile, were made to begin providing new details about their informants via a system of “Intelligence Source Descriptors” created in response to intelligence failures in Iraq. Hungary and the Czech Republic pulled closer to the National Security Agency.
And future Intercept backer Pierre Omidyar visited NSA headquarters for an internal conference panel on “human networking” and open-source intelligence.
These stories and more are contained in a batch of 294 articles from SIDtoday, the internal news website of the NSA’s core Signals Intelligence Directorate. The Intercept is publishing the articles in redacted form as part of an ongoing project to release material from the files provided by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden.
In addition to the aforementioned highlights, summarized in further detail below, the documents show how the NSA greatly expanded a secret eavesdropping partnership with Ethiopia’s draconian security forces in the Horn of Africa, as detailed in an investigation by longtime Intercept contributor Nick Turse.
They describe the NSA’s operations at a base in Digby, England, where the agency worked with its British counterpart GCHQ to help direct drones in the Middle East and tap into communications through the Arab Spring uprisings, according to a separate article by Intercept reporter Ryan Gallagher.
And they show how the NSA and GCHQ thwarted encryption systems used to protect peer-to-peer file sharing through the apps Kazaa and eDonkey, as explained here by Intercept technologist Micah Lee.
NSA did not comment for this article.
American Intelligence Agents Outed Themselves Online
Members of the U.S. intelligence community routinely thwarted a system designed to mask their identities online by using it for personal shopping and to log on to websites, according to an NSA information technology manager.
The system, called “AIRGAP,” was run by “one of the world’s largest ISPs” and created around 1998 at the behest of the NSA, according to NSA Internet Program Manager Charlie Speight, writing in SIDtoday. Its purpose was to allow “non-attribution internet access,” Speight added, meaning that intelligence analysts could surf the internet without revealing that they were coming from U.S. spy agencies. By 2005, it was used by the whole U.S. intelligence community.
One early concern about the firewall was that it funneled all internet traffic through a single IP address, meaning that if any activity on the address was revealed to be associated with U.S. spies, a broad swath of other activity could then be attributed to other U.S. spies.
More IP addresses were subsequently added, but “occasionally we find that the ISP reverts to one address, or does not effectively rotate those assigned,” Speight wrote.
Speight added that the “greater security concern” was the very intelligence agents the system was designed to protect.
“Despite rules and warnings to the contrary, all too frequently users will use AIRGAP for registering on web sites or for services, logging into other sites and services and even ordering personal items from on-line vendors,” Speight wrote in a classified passage.
“By doing so, these users reveal information about themselves and, potentially, other users on the network. So much for ‘non-attribution.'”
This sort of sloppiness mirrors behavior that has undermined Russian intelligence operatives. A slide presentation by Canadian intelligence, dating to 2011 or later, labeled as “morons” members of a Russian hacking group code-named “MAKERSMARK,” who thwarted a “really well-designed” system to hide their identities by using it to log on to their personal social and email accounts.
Edward Snowden: The Deep State & Revolution - Why we need to become Active Today
The two situations are not perfectly comparable; the U.S. system was managed as part of a network for obtaining unclassified information, while the Russian system was used for the more sensitive activity of staging hack attacks.
But Speight hinted at aggressive use of the U.S. system, writing in his piece that the NSA had begun “using AIRGAP for reasons and in volumes not intended in its formation” - the agency thus began developing its own separate firewall.
The NSA had systems with the same goal as AIRGAP - anonymization - but for phone calls. According to a February 2005 SIDtoday article, the NSA controlled 40,000 telephone numbers, but these were almost all prefixed with area- and exchange-code combinations that were publicly associated with the agency.
An analyst who needed to make a public phone call without leaking their affiliation could use “anonymous telephones,” most of them registered to Department of Defense, or “cover telephones,” registered using alias names and P.O. boxes. No security protocol lapses were described in connection with the old-fashioned voice networks.
Iraqi youth surf the web at an internet cafe in Baghdad’s impoverished district of Sadr City, Nov. 15 2007
NSA Targeted “the Entire Business Chain” to Spy on Internet Cafes
While hiding, or at least trying to hide, its own online operations, the NSA launched an all-encompassing campaign to trace online activity in internet cafes, down to specific seats.
A program called “MASTERSHAKE” accomplished this by exploiting equipment used by the cafes, including satellite internet modems, according to top-secret information reported by SIDtoday.
“MASTERSHAKE targets the entire business chain, from manufacturer to Internet café installation, to ascertain any and all available data regarding … geolocation, the network connectivity of the modem, as well as the actual physical location of the installation,” according to SIDtoday.
MASTERSHAKE data was “enriched” with other information, including “geolocatable phone events,” as well as intelligence from throughout the NSA’s Signals Intelligence Directorate and from the agency’s XKeyscore search system.
The NSA knew the precise location of over 400 internet cafes. For over 50 of these cafes, it could locate a target to a specific seat within the cafe. One goal of the monitoring was to hunt down Al Qaeda leaders, like Abu Musab al-Zarqawi.
SIDtoday focused on the use of MASTERSHAKE in Iraq, describing an incident in the city of Ramadi where two “counterterrorism targets” began using a messenger service at an internet cafe, and “within about 15 minutes the two men were arrested.” But it also indicated the system was used more broadly, “in the Middle East and Africa.”
As the Intercept previously reported, the NSA has surveilled internet cafes in Yemen, Afghanistan, Syria, Lebanon, and Iran, as detailed in agency documents.
Sunni Arab member of Iraqi Transitional National Assembly and a candidate for the post of parliament speaker Misha’an al-Juburi speaks on the phone April 2, 2005 in Baghdad
An “All-Out Effort” To Spy on Liberated Iraq
The NSA’s surveillance against Iraqis went far beyond cafe computers. Two years after President George W. Bush’s infamous “Mission Accomplished” speech and a year after the Coalition Provisional Authority handed over the reins to the Iraqi Interim Government, the agency was trying to tap the nation’s communications - and enlist friendly Iraqis and the new government to do likewise.
In a top-secret SIDtoday report, an NSA “data acquisition lead” in Baghdad described “an all-out effort to penetrate Iraqi networks using everything in the tool box of the most sophisticated SIGINT agency in the world.” The “very forward-leaning and aggressive” collection effort brought “our technology to bear at the optimum access points” in the country.
The identity of those access points is hinted at by the list of people the NSA staffer met with as the “field rep on a number of projects”: “Iraqi government personnel engaged in telecommunications and IT issues for Iraq; small and medium sized Iraqi communications contractors; the CEO’s and Chief Technical Officers of the major Iraqi telecommunications service providers; [and] Iraqi cabinet level officials,” among others.
Another article confirmed the NSA was spying on Iraqi telecommunications, describing a “dramatic drop” in information the agency collected from links carrying mobile phone traffic between Fallujah and northern Baghdad and a consequent gap in intelligence gathering. A team from the NSA and CIA was able to restore the collection within two weeks by targeting microwave signals carrying the traffic.
In addition to its own electronic spying within Iraq, the NSA sought to rebuild the country’s ability to spy on itself through another joint project with the CIA, along with GCHQ. The Western intelligence entities would build a new Iraqi spy agency, dubbed the Iraq SIGINT Element, according to another SIDtoday article.
The Iraqi SIGINT Element’s expertise would come, of course, from veterans of Saddam Hussein’s regime; the NSA and GCHQ made a list of candidates “gleaned from years of targeting the Iraqi civil and military SIGINT units,” SIDtoday reported. The former targets were the new recruits.
The CIA assisted in the vetting process with polygraphers, psychologists, and background checks, and the NSA trained the selected candidates on “how we do SIGINT.” The new intelligence agents’ first assignment was to find communications of former Saddam “elements” and insurgents in Baghdad. They went covertly into Baghdad neighborhoods, which U.S. and U.K. forces were unable to do.
It was at the behest of the director of central intelligence that the NSA “moved aggressively to help [Iraq] establish and enhance their signals intelligence capabilities,” SIDtoday reported separately. A similar effort was underway in Afghanistan. “Both relationships come with risks, but the overall benefit to U.S. objectives in the region outweighs these risks,” wrote an NSA foreign affairs staff officer.
An Iraqi soldier checks the detonator on spot where an improvised explosive device blew up as a convoy of the 1st battalion 327th infantry regiment was driving along a country road on the outskirts of the northern city of Hawija, Dec. 25, 2005
Targeting Bombers in Iraq
Mass surveillance efforts in Iraq were part of a broader NSA effort to address the consequences of the coalition’s victory over Saddam Hussein. Immediately after the Ba’athist government fell to the invading forces in 2003, signals intelligence collection on the regime ceased to exist.
NSA staff, some of whom had been monitoring the country for more than a decade, woke up to “no more audio cuts, no more transcripts … no more product reports,” according to an account in SIDtoday.
One official wondered, “Will we lose resources because of our success?” Postwar insurgency and sectarian strife ensured this was not the case.
For example, an NSA team set about thwarting detonation systems for bombs set by insurgents. The bombs, known within the U.S. military as improvised explosive devices, were triggered from a distance, often using high-powered cordless phone systems, in which a common base station, controlled by a triggerman, connects to a cluster of wireless handsets.
The team devised a way to locate triggermen: Intercepting and identifying security codes emitted by captured handsets. The codes, intended to tether a handset to a particular base station, could then be used to locate base stations, resulting in military targeting and “hopefully, the IED makers neutralized,” SIDtoday stated.
The NSA may have had a chance to deploy this technique at the end of January 2005, when Iraq’s first parliamentary elections took place. An article in SIDtoday said that signals intelligence helped prevent 50 to 60 suicide bombers from making it into polling centers. Still, 285 other insurgent attacks occurred that day, and CNN reported several incidents of suicide bombings that hit police officers and Iraqis waiting to vote.
How British Spies Were Made To Atone for Bad Iraq Intel
In Iraq and elsewhere, the NSA expanded the scope of its intelligence sharing to U.S. government “customers,” as described in a January 2005 article, in which an NSA staffer in Baghdad read a new sharing guideline aloud to a hesitant colleague: “It’s OK to talk about, show and share evaluated, minimized unpublished SIGINT to customers/partners in order to facilitate analytic collaboration.”
Even amid the aggressive intelligence sharing, the NSA was taking note of what could happen when such sharing went terribly wrong. A SIDtoday story about a British government inquiry into prewar intelligence on Iraq, the Butler Review, describes how the U.K.’s signals intelligence agency GCHQ was now required to provide “Intelligence Source Descriptors” on all intel reports.
This requirement came in response to the finding that the British foreign spying agency, MI6, did not adequately check human sources and relied on third-hand reporting about Iraqi chemical weapons, including “seriously flawed” information from “another country’s intelligence service.”
The new British source descriptors would include identification of sources by name or role along with judgments on whether the source had direct or indirect access to the information reported. The GCHQ descriptor would also indicate whether a source is “reliable,” “unknown,” or “uncertain” as to reliability. “There are no plans at present to use a like program on NSA reports,” SIDtoday reported.
Despite reporting on fallout from the U.K. postwar review, SIDtoday did not cover a U.S. presidential commission that prominently reported in March 2005 on how the American intelligence community was “dead wrong” in its prewar assessment of weapons of mass destruction in Iraq.
The Czech External Intelligence Service Headquarters (ÚZSI)
NSA Works with Hungary, Pakistan, Ethiopia - and an Eager Czech Republic
In parallel with its efforts to share information with more U.S. government and intelligence agencies, the NSA also forged connections with foreign partners whose collaboration would have, in previous decades, seemed inconceivable.
In early 2005, the NSA entered into a partnership with Hungary’s Military Intelligence Office, inviting the spy agency to “work with NSA as part of our extended SIGINT enterprise,” according to SIDtoday, and “write SIGINT reports for dissemination through the NSA system to our intelligence community customers.” The partnership allowed the NSA to tap into the Hungarian agency’s “unique access to Serbian and Ukrainian military targets.”
A contemporaneous NSA visit to the Czech Republic, as described in SIDtoday, showed how such “third party” partnerships can come to fruition. The trip was conducted to establish whether the NSA should partner with the Czech External Intelligence Service, or ÚZSI, which wanted to tap NSA expertise “on many technical issues.” In order to win over the Americans, spy agency “personnel essentially opened the door to their SIGINT vault,” displaying an “exceptional degree of openness.”
The NSA team came away impressed, judging ÚZSI “exceptionally good at analysis of material associated with Russian [counterintelligence] targets,” and impressed with the agency’s “very good analytic effort against Russian and Ukrainian HF networks” and “overall levels of sophistication, knowledge, practical experience, ingenuity and enthusiasm that allow them to overcome many financial and equipment shortfalls.”
Perhaps best of all, ÚZSI “has not requested financial support from the NSA.” The Czech Republic eventually became a third-party partner.
A March 2005 SIDtoday article, summarizing a briefing from the NSA’s principal director for foreign affairs, alluded to agency “relationships” with Pakistan and Ethiopia, “work” with Iraq (discussed elsewhere in this article) and Afghanistan, and a “multinational collaboration in the Pacific.”
More generally, third parties became vital at this time simply for providing additional staffing and coverage. For instance, after the U.S. closed several bases, the NSA developed a reliance on third-party partners to participate in High Frequency Directional Finding networks for locating the origins of targeted radio signals.
And the U.S. partnered with Hungary’s military intelligence organization in part because it “has been instrumental in providing intelligence that answers high-priority CIA and DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency) requirements that NSA would otherwise not be able to answer due to manpower constraints.”
Intercept Backer Spoke at NSA Headquarters
Back in the U.S., the NSA’s post-9/11 “transformation,” initiated by Director Michael Hayden, promoted information sharing and collaboration to the traditionally closed community at Fort Meade. Invitations to participate at agency seminars and conferences were made not just to partners from the intelligence and military communities, but also to members of private industry and academia.
An announcement in SIDtoday for the third annual Analysis Conference from the NSA’s Analysis and Production division proclaimed the need to “keep communications open and leverage our partners’ insights.” Speakers at the May 2005 event, held at agency headquarters, included authors, U.S. senators, corporate executives, and journalists.
One “high-powered panel” at the conference on “human networking” featured eBay founder Pierre Omidyar, who would go on to provide funding for The Intercept, which covers and is frequently critical of the NSA.
A separate SIDtoday article touting the panel indicated that corporate anthropologist Karen Stephenson and Wired founding executive editor Kevin Kelly also participated and that panelists were recruited through the Global Business Network, a consulting firm specializing in scenario-based forecasting.
The GBN had been asked to harness its network of experts, “most of whom have had no previous involvement with the intelligence community,” to apply strategies from “the competitive marketplace” to NSA challenges.
Omidyar told The Intercept that the GBN:
“Asked me to participate in an unclassified meeting at NSA headquarters at Fort Meade on the topic of ‘open source’ intelligence. My recollection of the people I met there is that they were very smart and genuinely interested in bringing outside ideas into the agency. I stayed involved with the GBN for some time after that meeting but when they approached me many months later to participate in additional meetings with the NSA, I declined.
The invitation was made after news broke in December 2005 about the agency’s ‘warrantless wiretapping’ - and those events were deeply concerning to me. In addition, I didn’t have anything else to add beyond what I had already shared. I was not asked to meet with the NSA again after declining that invitation.”
Omidyar said he was not paid for his appearance.
India tested its medium-range submarine-launched ballistic missile system. It was launched from a secret location in the Bay of Bengal from a depth of 50 meters
Advanced Word on Indian Nuclear Weapons
A series of nuclear weapons tests conducted by India in the spring of 1998 took the intelligence community by surprise, prompting an internal investigation into why these tests had not been foreseen; a subsequent report was harshly critical of the U.S. intelligence community. A similar lapse in data gathering would not happen again in 2005.
An Australian NSA site, RAINFALL, isolated a signal it suspected was associated with an Indian nuclear facility, according to SIDtoday. Collaboration between RAINFALL and two NSA stations in Thailand (INDRA and LEMONWOOD) confirmed the source of the signals and allowed for the interception of information about several new Indian missile initiatives.
Although these missile systems did not come to public attention for several more years (the Sagarika submarine-launched ballistic missile was first tested in 2008), the NSA’s access to these signals gave them foreknowledge of their Third Party SIGINT partner’s (see last image) actions.
Attacking VPNs
An NSA working group focused on virtual private networks, or VPNs, was established in November 2004 to “conduct systematic and thorough SIGINT Development of VPN communications (typically encrypted),” SIDtoday reported - meaning that the agency wanted to break into the networks.
The group published regular “VPN Target Activity Reports” on a large number of countries throughout Europe, the Middle East, North Africa, Russia, and China, as well as “specific financial, governmental, communication service providers and international organizations.” These reports may help analysts “exploit targets’ VPNs more successfully.”
Women at the NSA
Sonia Kovalevsky Days take place at schools and colleges nationwide, with competitions and talks to encourage young women to pursue careers in mathematics. Although the events’ namesake was a radical socialist and pioneering female mathematician, members of the NSA’s Women in Mathematics Society participated as part of the agency’s effort to recruit more female mathematicians.
The NSA believed itself to be the largest employer of mathematicians in the country, but between 1987 to 1993, only one of the 30 math Ph.D.s the agency hired identified as a woman, and only 26 percent of women hired into the agency’s mathematics community had an advanced degree, according to SIDtoday.
After the Women in Mathematics Society was formed, from 1994 through 2005, about 38 percent of women mathematicians hired into NSA had a doctoral degree and 27 percent held a master’s degree.
Hold the Spam, Please
“Spam affects NSA by impeding our collection, processing and storage of [Digital Network Intelligence] traffic,” said the author of a February 2005 SIDtoday article. “Unfortunately, filtering out spam has proven to be an extremely difficult and cumbersome task.”According to the author, analysts developed technology that tagged “an average of 150,000 spam sessions a day,” which greatly reduced the amount of spam that shows up in “daily searches” of intercepted emails.
Correction: September 13, 2017, 9:15 p.m. - Due to an editing error, an earlier version of this story gave an incorrect year for the NSA’s third annual Analysis Conference; the event occurred in May 2005, not May 2015.
Judicial Watch Emails Show Hillary Invited Vladimir Putin To Clinton Foundation Gala
& Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA September 26 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / TheGatewayPundit
Shocking emails obtained by conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch show that Hillary Clinton invited Vladimir Putin to a Clinton Foundation gala back in 2009.
Just a couple months into Hillary Clinton’s term as Secretary of State, the Clinton Foundation invited Vladimir Putin and other leaders to the Clinton Global Initiative’s 2009 annual gathering.
The email containing the list of leaders who were invited was forwarded in March of 2009 from the Director of Foreign Policy of the Clinton Foundation Amitabh Desai to former Assistant Secretary of State Andrew Shapiro. Shapiro then forwarded it to Hillary’s foreign policy advisor Jake Sullivan showing a conflict of interest between the Clinton Foundation and the federal government.
Hillary Clinton was also seeking to ‘reset’ relations with Russia at this time. Remember that cheap plastic ‘reset’ button she handed the Russian Foreign Minister that actually said ‘overcharged’? What a disaster!
What about Hillary’s Uranium deal with Russia? Nearly 20% of the U.S.’s Uranium assets were sold to Russia while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State in exchange for $150 million to the Clinton Foundation.
Bill Clinton also gave a speech to the Russia-based Renaissance Capital in Moscow on June 29, 2010.
Bill Clinton spoke in Moscow for one hour for half a million dollars. (Breitbart)
But the media has pushed a Trump-Russia collusion conspiracy theory for almost a year with zero proof.
Hillary Clinton used this projection technique on her opponent by acting like she was ‘anti-Putin’ and ‘anti-Russia’ while claiming Trump was somehow colluding with them.
Hillary Clinton was good friends with the Russians and Vladimir Putin until she no longer saw a way to profit off of them financially. She then turned them into the ‘boogie man’ in order to blame her loss on something and delegitimize President Trump.
What a truly sick woman. Thank God she lost the election. We really dodged a bullet.
There’s Something Wrong With Hillary
How is this dangerous sociopath still at large?
Hillary Clinton is like herpes. She’s painful, embarrassing, and won’t go away. Herpes Hillary. She’s a dangerous sociopath who needs to be locked up.
Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA
Hillary, who long during the campaign trail condemned “dark-money” Super-PACs, has funneled over 800K from her Campaign over to one of these very same outfits.
It has been revealed that the failed presidential candidate’s Super-PAC, “Onward Together”, is heavily backing “resistance” and Alt-Left extremist groups such as ANTIFA.
In building investigations, Daily Caller first discovered that Hillary transferred a mass sum of money from her campaign over to Onward Together:
“Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed 2016 presidential campaign to Onward Together shortly before announcing the group’s launch in May, documents the campaign filed with the FEC reveal."
Now, today, it has been revealed by Offended America exactly where that money is going:
“Daily Caller reached out to five different Antifa linked groups, and only one was willing to deny donations from Onward Together. Soros-linked group, Indivisible, denied receiving financial support from Clinton or Onward Together.
“Onward Together has not given any financial support to us,” Helen Kalla, an Indivisible spokesperson, wrote to Daily Caller.
Kalla added that Clinton’s group has “been amplifying and highlighting our work through their digital networks,” which she explained has consisted of “retweeting [Indivisible], and they’ve highlighted our work via their emails to their list too.”
According to Federal Election Commission documents, Hillary Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed political campaign “Hillary for America” to her new Super-PAC “Onward Together”, before she announced the existence of the PAC in May, 2017.
Amid other disturbing details, it’s now been revealed that “Onward Together” is a 501(c)4 “Social Welfare” organization, which means that it’s not required to disclose many of the details of its operations to the public or disclose who its donors are.
By receiving campaign funds, and then furnishing the funds to Antifa terrorist groups, Clinton may have implicated many of her supported in a crime.
Hillary Clinton, now too old to run for office, will go back to doing what she’s always done best, round up money from anonymous sources, and then use that money to influence elections and peddle power."
How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead September 25 2017 | From: HumansAreFree
The current reality of man is heavily controlled by words. As a result of that, words play a big role in shaping the reality and culture of man.
Besides shaping the reality and culture of man, words also play an important role in trade. Some of the most important words used in the business of trading goods and services are related to the name.
Your name plays a very important role in your life because it allows others to identify you and communicate with you. Furthermore, it allows you to operate in the realm of commerce and fiction, making it easier for you to trade goods and services with people not living close to you.
Having a name can be a wonderful thing but if you do not know how to use it wisely, it can be a curse and prevent you from living a happy life. One of the ways that your name can curse you is when you allow it to bond to your mind too deeply, causing you to think that your name is who you really are.
Your name has the power to trick your mind because it is made up of sigils (letters). Because of this, it is important to use your name wisely, so you do not become a victim of your name.
When you do not know how to use your name wisely, the Dark Magicians or the Elite can use it to imprison your body, mind and soul in the "land" of the legally DEAD. The best time to trick you to "live" in the land of the legally dead or the "sea" of the legally dead is on the day your mother gave "birth" to you.
How You Were Tricked to Live in the Land of the Legally Dead
The contract that the government used to trick your mother and father to agree to allow you to live in the "land" or "sea" of the legally dead is the birth certificate. This certificate is actually a certificate of a dead baby, which is why it has a legal name written on it.
It is interesting to know that when you look up the word birth in A Dictionary of Law (1889), it tells you to "see Abandon, 2 (2)". The word abandon in section 2 (2) is defined by A Dictionary of Law (1889) using these exact words: "The act of a parent in exposing an infant of tender years (usually under seven) in any place, with intent wholly to desert it."
Based on the definition in the previous paragraph, when your mother gave birth to you and your parents signed the birth certificate with your name on it, they unknowingly agreed to abandon you. This allowed the State to claim "you" as its property and ship "you" to the land of the legally dead (legal fiction).
Be aware that the word birth sounds almost identical to the word berth. Because they sound nearly identical, a judge or government agent can use them to trick you to think that he is talking about birth when he is actually talking about berth and vice versa. The word berth is defined as "sufficient space for a vessel to maneuver; sea room" or "a space for a vessel to dock or anchor".
Here is an excerpt from my Amazon best seller book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words that reveals how words are used to deceive you:
"When a ship is in the process of being docked, it is being guided to come to berth. The word berth is defined as “a space for a vessel to dock or anchor”.33 Based on this information, when a product is unloaded onto the dock, it just went through the berthing process, which is the process of delivering the product from the vessel/ship onto the dock.
Phonetically, the word berth sounds like the word birth. This is why when a woman is in the process of giving birth, she is said to be delivering a baby. The birthing process of a baby is related to the process of delivering a product on a ship. Every woman has a body.
Another word for body is vessel. A vessel can also be called a ship. The words body, vessel, and ship can all mean the same thing and be used to represent a woman’s body. This is why a ship is often referred to as “she” and the main ship is often called the “mother ship”.
To connect the dots, the process of a woman giving birth can also be defined as the process of delivering or berthing a product of a ship. Metaphorically speaking, the product is the baby and the ship is the woman’s body.
When you compare all the information that you just read about commerce and the sea business to the process of birthing a baby, you will see a strong connection between the berthing process of a ship and the birthing process of a baby.
By spelling the words berth and birth slightly different and making them sound almost the same, the Dark Forces and their minions (the Dark Magicians) can trick you to agree to be a product of a ship, so that they can have jurisdiction over you.
They know that they can not have jurisdiction over the real you (the living, breathing man or woman made of flesh and blood), which is why they need you to consent to be an artificial person, so that they can treat you like a product and make money by selling you on the stock market."
The process of tricking you to agree to be an artificial person is mostly done through the legal system, which is the system that deals with the DEAD. The legal system is controlled by the Vatican of the Holy Roman Empire, one of the biggest practitioners of magic spells.
The legal system is obsessed with magic spells, because certain magic spells have the power to summon the dead. This is why before a judge (also known as a magistrate/magi-strate, which is a magician) demands you to appear in court, a court agent needs to serve you a summons letter.
When a court agent serves you a summons letter, the first question he asks you is often related to your legal name, which 99 percent of the time is written in all capital letters on legal documents. For example, the court agent may ask you the question "are you JOHN DOE?"
If you were to answer yes to being your legal name and accept the summons letter, you would basically agree to play the role of a dead character. This occurs because the legal name is not living; instead it is a fictitious entity that has no life force of its own. As a result of that, it is as dead as a fictional character in a storybook.
The summons letter is used to summon the dead using you (the living man or woman) as the medium. This is why a court agent has to serve you a summons letter with your legal name on it before a judge can demand you to appear in court.
To connect the dots, when you accept a summons letter, whether you realize it or not, you agree to raise the dead so you can play the role of a dead character. In other words, you agree to be a zombie. This is why it is called a summons letter. What do witches do when they want to communicate with dead spirits? They summon them using certain magic spells.
Have you seen the TV series The Walking Dead? In this TV series, the zombies represent the sheeple who do not even realize that they are legally dead. In other words, from the perspective of the the Dark Magicians, you are the walking dead, get it? The zombie apocalypse is not something that could happen in the future. It is already here because the people are, in a sense, the walking dead!
To learn how to free yourself from the land or sea of the legally dead, you need to learn how to use words wisely. Furthermore, you need to learn how to use the power of Natural Law to exercise your natural rights. To learn how to do these things, visit my website EsotericKnowledge.me and become a member.
Captive Loan-Sharking Bail-Ins Have Been Sold As The Prevention Of Bailouts September 23 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall Germany, the dynamic expansionist power in Europe: Back in history: In the late 1960s Germany regained economic primacy in Europe and was at the forefront of European integration, in association with France and England.
It soon came to dominate the principle decision-making institutions of the EU. So, the EU has served as Germany’s instrument for conquest by stealth.
Year by year, through aid and low interest loans, the EU has facilitated German capitalist market penetration, and financial expansion, throughout southern and central Europe. Germany set the agenda for Western Europe, gaining economic dominance while benefiting from US subversion and the encirclement of Eastern Europe, Russia and the Baltic and Balkan states.
Germany’s projection of power on a world scale would never have occurred if it had not annexed East Germany. Despite the West German claims of beneficence and aid to the East Germans, the Bonn regime secured several million skilled engineers, workers and technicians, the takeover of factories, productive farms and, most importantly, the Eastern European and Russian markets for industrial goods, worth billions of dollars.
Germany was transformed from an emerging influential EU partner, into the most dynamic expansionist power in Europe, especially in the former Warsaw Pact economies. The US and Germany want to return Russia to the vassalage status of the 1990s.
They do not want normal relations. From the moment Putin moved to restore the Russian state and economy, the Western powers have engaged in a series of political and military interventions, eliminating Russian allies, trading partners and independent states.
Now, Europe’s neo-liberal media are having a collective hernia at the thought that some former Warsaw Pact countries are cozying up to Moscow, which is the case in particular in Germany. To emphasize this Merkel’s speech in Australia was full of tough criticism of Russia. However, on closer inspection, what they are accusing the Kremlin of doing, is exactly what the EU has been doing over the past 20 years.
“The EU is in serious trouble. Living standards are falling all across the union and political instability is fomenting from Dublin to Athens, from Madrid to Zagreb. Iceland u-turned on a plan to join the EU Club and, previously, resolute aspirants like Serbia and Montenegro cooled their ardour for membership.”
“Angela Merkel thinks this is Russia’s fault. That’s akin to blaming Brazil’s strikers for their 7-1 World Cup capitulation to Germany. Pure hokum. If Merkel wants to find the real culprit, she need only look in the mirror.
The Berlin government, which she has led for 11 years, is sucking the continent dry. While peripheral states flounder and pivotal countries stagnate, Germany is doing just fine. This is because the entire EU system – especially the Euro currency – is propping up its largest member while choking the rest.”
Captive Loan-Sharking:
EU-members, such as Ireland and Spain were flooded with cheap German credit. This was basically a form of captive loan-sharking.
German banks were handing out easy money to facilitate the purchase of German-made goods, from cars to electronics. When the scheme blew-up in 2008, the German creditors didn’t accept a haircut. Instead, the penalties were passed on to Irish and Spanish taxpayers, further enslaving them by severe austerity measures to Berlin.
“Merkel seems to believe that Russia is coercing some European states into doing business. Complete nonsense. It’s rather more plausible that financially stressed governments have begun to see through Berlin’s practices and are hedging their bets.
After all, it’s the duty of a sovereign to look after its own citizens, not the pampered bankers of Frankfurt or industrialists of Munich. Germany’s arrogant mistreatment of the rest of Europe is coming home to roost.”
“However, in Budapest and Bratislava, premiers Viktor Orban and Robert Fico are doing what’s right for their electorate by striking optimum deals for their countries. Merkel is deeply offended by such a practice as it reduces Germany’s omnipotent stranglehold on their commerce.
Orban is also committed to pushing ahead with the South Stream pipeline, in partnership with Moscow. Why? Not to undermine Berlin, but to guarantee its energy supply because Ukraine is unreliable as a transit territory. This is entirely understandable – it’s Orban’s job to look after Hungary, not to bow down before Germany.”
“The pro-NATO, neoliberal media in Western Europe is presenting Russia’s trade deals with struggling eastern states as some kind of dastardly plan to undermine the EU.
Such suggestions are hyperbolic nonsense. The leaders of Hungary, Slovakia and Serbia would gladly take bait of the hand of Merkel if she were willing to throw some German cash around. However, she’s not and Putin is.”
Consequently, these countries are doing what’s best for their current positions. There is nothing sinister about it.
What Merkel does not understand is that Germany’s own national interest lies with developing economic union with Russia and certainly not acting against Russia.
Germany has nothing to gain from the USA other than total dependency. The USA cannot offer Germany anything that it does not already have. In fact, these two are competitors in High Tech. Without Russia and its markets and resources, Germany is doomed.
Russia has an outlet for commodities, and resources, but Germany does not. The USA wants to keep Germany as a vassal and as a useful stationing ground for its imperial ambitions, use its airports and bases.
So to put it in Marxist terms, Germany’s national interest of development and cooperation with Russia comes into contradiction with its NATO membership and the resulting de facto subservience to the USA.
Meanwhile a group of prominent Germans are urging their country and the West to open dialogue with Russia, added to the fact that Europe and Russia both have a joint responsibility to ensure peace and security on the continent, however this can only be achieved through, “equal security for all with all partners being respected.”
In a letter it was stated:
“The Russians’ security requirements are as legitimate and just as important as those of the Germans, the Poles, the Baltic States and the Ukraine. We should not look to push Russia out of Europe.”
Bail-Ins Have Been Sold as the Prevention of Bailouts:
Finally, the EU admits;
“The economic and financial crisis has impaired the ability of the financial sector to channel funds to the real economy, in particular long-term investments.”
The solution?
“The Commission will ask the bloc’s insurance watchdog… for advice on a possible draft law “to mobilise more personal pension savings for long-term financing“it was stated in the document.
Mobilise, which is a more acceptable word than, confiscate.
“The savings of the European Union’s 500 million citizens could be used to fund long-term investments to boost the economy and help plug the gap left by banks since the financial crisis.”an EU document says.
What is left unsaid, is that the “usage” will be on a purely involuntary basis, at the discretion of the “union”, and can thus best be described as confiscation. More precisely: Cyprus-style confiscations that meanwhile have become law.
Rather than reining in the massive and risky derivatives casino, the new rules prioritise the payment of banks’ derivatives obligations to each other, before everyone else. That includes depositors, public and private, but also the pension funds that are the target market for the latest bail-in play, called “bail-in able” bonds.
“Bail-ins” have been sold as the avoidance of future government bailouts and the elimination of the too big to fail banks (TBTF). But it actually institutionalises TBTF, since the big banks are kept in business by expropriating the funds of their creditors – clients.
It is a neat solution for bankers and politicians, who don’t want to have to deal with another messy banking crisis and are happy to see it disposed of through statute. But a bail-in could have far worse consequences than a bailout for the public.
If your taxes go up, you will probably still be able to pay the bills. If your bank account or pension gets wiped out, you could wind up on the streets or sharing food with your pets.
And if you have a loan or mortgage from a bank, they could, under the act of emergency, call in the loan, and if not fully compensated with your own savings, they could then confiscate the asset, as is stipulated in the small print at the bottom of the loan agreement.
Rather than having the bank’s assets sold off and having their doors closed, as is the case with other bankrupt businesses in a capitalist economy, “zombie” banks are kept alive and open for business at all costs, and these costs are once again borne by us.
In the latest version of bail-in schemes, TBTF banks are required to keep a buffer equal to 16-20% of their risk-weighted assets in the form of equity or bonds convertible to equity in the event of insolvency. They most likely won’t be able to meet that condition. But who cares? The taxpayer will be the victim anyhow.
Bail-In Bonds:
These bonds, termed “bail-in bonds,” are securities in which it is stated in the fine print that the bondholders agree contractually – rather than being forced statutorily – that if certain conditions occur i.e.: the bank’s insolvency, the lender’s money will be turned into bank capital.
However, even 20% of risk-weighted assets may not prove sufficient to prop up a megabank in a major derivatives collapse. And we the people are still the target market for these bonds, this time through our pension funds.
Other than the pension funds and insurance companies that are long-term bondholders, it is not clear what market there will be for bail-in bonds. Currently, most holders of contingent capital bonds are investors focused on short-term gains, which are liable to bolt at the first sign of a crisis. Investors who held similar bonds in 2008 took heavy losses.
In a Reuters held sampling of potential investors, many said they would not take that risk again. While banks and “shadow” banks are specifically excluded as buyers of bail-in bonds, due to the “fear of contagion”: if they hold each other’s bonds, they could all go down together.
Whether the pension funds go down is apparently not of concern.
American banks have over $280 trillion in derivatives on their books; at EU banks the amount won’t be much different. They earn some of their biggest profits from trading in them, profits that could turn into their biggest losses when the derivatives bubble collapses.
Thus, as we learned from Cyprus, keeping your money in the bank isn’t the safest place, better to convert most of it into precious metals, stored privately, if you want to protect your hard-earned savings.
Protect Your Savings Through Non-Compliance:
As probably most readers already know, the EU is owned by the Rothschild network, which won’t refrain from stripping every citizen bare. They are after your savings, and even your pension funds. There is no other
protection than to pull your money out of the banking system and try to live off the grid, by forming small communities, where food can be grown and bartered without money.
We must undergo a mind-shift; the Illuminati are seeking to enslave all of us. Their worst nightmare is our non-compliance – the refusal to accept their lunacy to which the world has steadily descended, refusing to pay taxes, or leaving homes when banks foreclose on them; plainly refuse to comply with your own enslavement in any form whatsoever.
The US Khazarian Government is Bent on World Hegemony (NWO) for Which Russia Stands in its Way:
The US has already turned Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states. The latest resolutions like sanctions, and consulate closures against Russia are simply tools to achieve their goal – world hegemony, said Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary to the US Treasury on RT.
Russia needs to understand that the United States has an ideology of world hegemony and does not accept any prospect of any country being sovereign or acting on its own. You have to be an American vassal state.
Just as the United States has turned all of Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states, those are the only terms by which the United States can accept Russia and China. It will not accept them as sovereign, independent countries, following their own interests.
The situation will become more and more hostile. It’s not going to go away, because the United States is guided by the neoconservative ideology of American world hegemony and that includes hegemony over Russia and China. If the Russian government relies on facts, it’s going to be greatly surprised, because Washington has no interest whatsoever in facts.
Did Saddam Hussein have weapons of mass destruction? Did Assad of Syria use Chemical weapons against his own people? Did Iran have nuclear weapons? Of course not, and of course Washington DC lied purposely about these matters on each occasion.
They act identically to Adolf Hitler when he announced;
“Last night Polish troops crossed the frontier and attacked Germany”
There’s no difference.
The United States overthrew the government of Ukraine and then accused Russia of invading the country. This is not even worth highlighting, as it is blatant, obvious propaganda, designed to make a demon out of Russia. That’s the only purpose of this. It’s not going to go away. Watch this video interview:
Controlled Collapse: Rothschild Just Sold Massive Amounts of U.S. Assets:
Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This September 21 2017 | From: JonRappoport
We rarely get a chance to see a smoking gun that proves elite controllers are running the show from behind the curtain. That’s why there is a curtain.
So I’m republishing a conversation between two members of the Rockefeller Trilateral Commission (TC) and a US reporter.
In 1969, four years before birthing the TC with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote:
“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force.
International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”
Goodbye, separate nations.
Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):
“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”
The conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning.
But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.
The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.
And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.
Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House.
He had been plucked from obscurity by David Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.
The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy.
The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”
Here we go:
Novak (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?
Cooper:Yes, they have met three times.
Novak: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?
Kaiser: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.
Cooper:Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].
Novak: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?
Cooper:Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.
Novak: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.
Cooper:President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]
Kaiser: It just hasn’t become an issue.
This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.
US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski.
When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.” Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.
Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.
Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.
From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.
How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal?
One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.
Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"
And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order.
What kind of order?
Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”
If you were a young ambitious reporter for The New York Times, if you read this astonishing Trilateral interview, wouldn’t you go to your editor and demand to be put on the story?
Wouldn’t you want to dig deep and find out more details and names? Wouldn’t you want to blow the whole, yes, conspiracy, wide open? Wouldn’t you want readers to know the truth about who is running their country from behind the scenes?
Well, yes, you might. But if you did, and if you wouldn’t back down after your editor told you to forget about it, you would end up with no job, and eventually you would be covering picnics for some small-town newspaper.
With the rise of independent media, however, reporters don’t need to worry about Sunday picnics.
The truth suffices.
With the rise of independent media, reporters know some of their stories will be linked and forwarded all over the world, and people with curiosity and intelligence and alert minds will discover the truth that major media have been hiding from them.
No End To Coverups September 20 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts Craig Roberts (yes, there are two of us) is a former US Marine and a 27-year veteran of the Tulsa, Oklahoma, police force. He is a capable and committed person.
Since 1989 he has written 13 books. His latest, just published, Medusa File II, consists essentially of his voluminous files of the investigation of the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City on April 19th, 1995, known as “the Oklahoma City Bombing.”
The FBI, appreciative of Roberts’ capabilities, requested his service in the investigation. As officially part of the investigation, he took the investigation seriously. The investigation proceeded rapidly, developing many leads.
Numerous witnesses saw Timothy McVeigh with many dark complexioned men prior to and just after the bombing. Leads were also developed to militias in Elohim City, to the German, Strassmeir, and others.
Before any of these leads could be developed, the investigation was taken over by President Bill Clinton’s Attorney General, Janet Reno.
Once Washington took over, the investigation stopped. In its place was Washington’s theory that it was Tim McVeigh’s lonely protest.
The volumnious evidence of McVeigh’s accomplices or controllers, as might have been the case, was in the way of the official story that imposed itself on the investigation. Many people resisted the coverup that descended on the case, including local journalists who eventually lost their jobs or moved on.
Roberts stuck it out to the end. So did black Oklahoma City Police sgt. Terrance Yeakey. For resisting the official story Yeakey paid with his life. Roberts provides the reasons he believes Yeakey had definitive evidence that the official story was a coverup. The OCPD was called off once the official story was in place, but Yeakey wouldn’t quit and became a problem.
The official OCPD report says it was suicide, but Roberts recognizes homicide when he sees it. There was no autopsy and the police refused to release the police report to Yeakey’s family. Being black, they had little recourse.
Remaining skeptics were dismissed as “conspiracy theorists,” and that was the end of the case.
One of the striking details that Roberts provides is that in the immediate aftermath of the bombing with rescue workers removing dead and wounded from the rubble, numerous federal agents appeared, ordered the rescue workers out of the building on the grounds that there were still unexploded bombs in the building.
Then with the trapped still under the rubble, all rescue efforts halted until the federal agents had removed file cabinets from the building.
Roberts speculates that the cabinets contained the files of the Mena drug running operation that many believe involved Arkansas governor Bill Clinton, and that President Clinton and Janet Reno didn’t want these files to see the light of day.
For an official explanation of the case that relies solely on McVeigh’s “truck bomb,” the federal agents’ statement that unexploded bombs remained in the building is a conundrum.
If there were unexploded bombs remaining in the building, how could it be that McVeigh was the lone wolf perpetrator?
It reminded me of General Benton Partin, a US Air Force explosive expert, who produced a detailed report proving that the Murrah building blew up from the inside out, not from the outside in. Of course, by the time Gen. Partin got his study completed, the fix was in, and there was to be no challenge to, or reconsidering of, the official cover story.
Roberts doesn’t know who did the bombing or why. All he knows is that leads were not followed and the case was solved by Washington and not by an investigation.
Just like the assassination of JFK.
Just like the assassination of RFK.
Just like the assassination of Martin Luther King.
Just like 9/11.
Just like Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction.”
Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of September 20 2017 | From: SOTT A CIA whistleblower, Kevin Shipp, has emerged from the wolves den to expose the deep state and the shadow government which he calls two entirely separate entities.
"The shadow government controls the deep state and manipulates our elected government behind the scenes," Shipp warned in a recent talk at a Geoengineeringwatch.org conference.
Shipp had a series of slides explaining how the deep state and shadow government functions as well as the horrific crimes they are committing against U.S. citizens.
Some of the revelations the former CIA anti-terrorism counter intelligence officer revealed included that "Google Earth was set up through the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency and InQtel."
Indeed he is correct, the CIA and NGA owned the company Google acquired, Keyhole Inc., paying an undisclosed sum for the company to turn its tech into what we now know as Google Earth.
Another curious investor in Keyhole Inc. was none other than the venture capital firm In-Q-Tel run by the CIA according to a press release at the time.
Shipp also disclosed that the agency known as the Joint Special Ops Command (JSOC) is the "president's secret army" which he can use for secret assassinations, overturning governments and things the American people don't know about.
FBI warrantless searches violate the Fourth Amendment with national security letters, which Shipp noted enables them to walk into your employer's office and demand all your financial records and if he or she says anything about them being there they can put your supervisor in jail or drop a case against themselves using the "State's Secret Privilege law."
"The top of the shadow government is the National Security Agency and the Central Intelligence Agency," Shipp said.
Shipp expressed that the CIA was created through the Council on Foreign relations with no congressional approval, and historically the CFR is also tied into the mainstream media (MSM.)
He elaborated that the CIA was the "central node" of the shadow government and controlled all of the other 16 intelligence agencies despite the existence of the DNI.
The agency also controls defense and intelligence contractors, can manipulate the president and political decisions, has the power to start wars, torture, initiate coups, and commit false flag attacks he said.
As Shipp stated, the CIA was created through executive order by then President Harry Truman by the signing of the National Security Act of 1947.
According to Shipp, the deep state is comprised of the military industrial complex, intelligence contractors, defense contractors, MIC lobbyist, Wall St (offshore accounts), Federal Reserve, IMF/World Bank, Treasury, Foreign lobbyists, and Central Banks.
In the shocking, explosive presentation, Shipp went on to express that there are "over 10,000 secret sites in the U.S." that formed after 9/11. There are "1,291 secret government agencies, 1,931 large private corporations and over 4,800,000 Americans that he knows of who have a secrecy clearance, and 854,000 who have Top Secret clearance, explaining they signed their lives away bound by an agreement.
He also detailed how Congress is owned by the Military Industrial Complex through the Congressional Armed Services Committee (48 senior members of Congress) giving those members money in return for a vote on the spending bill for the military and intelligence budget.
He even touched on what he called the "secret intelligence industrial complex," which he called the center of the shadow government including the CIA, NSA, NRO, and NGA.
Shipp further stated that around the "secret intelligence industrial complex" you have the big five conglomerate of intelligence contractors - Leidos Holdings, CSRA, CACI, SAIC, and Booz Allen Hamilton.
He noted that the work they do is "top secret and unreported."
The whistleblower remarked that these intelligence contractors are accountable to no one including Congress, echoing the words of Senator Daniel Inouye when he himself blew the whistle on the shadow government during the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987.
At the time Inouye expressed that the "shadow government had its own funding mechanism, shadowy Navy, and Air Force freedom to pursue its own goals free from all checks and balances and free from the law itself."
Shipp further added that the shadow government and elected government were in the midst of a visible cold war.
So who is Shipp and is he credible as a whistleblower, does he have credentials for the CIA? Aim.orgwrote:
"Shipp held several high-level positions in the CIA. He was assigned as a protective agent for the Director of Central Intelligence, a counterintelligence investigator, a Counter Terrorism Center officer, a team leader protecting sensitive CIA assets from assassination, a manager of high-risk protective operations, a lead instructor for members of allied governments, an internal staff security investigator, and a polygraph examiner.
He was tasked with protecting the CIA from foreign agent penetration and the chief of training for the CIA federal police force. Mr. Shipp functioned as program manager for the Department of State, Diplomatic Security, and Anti Terrorism Assistance global police training program.
Shipp noted he was working with former NSA whistleblower William Binney but didn't state what the two were working on together. Shipp is highly credible and may just be the highest level whistleblower.
This leak is huge. He has been previously mentioned in the New York Times for blowing the whistle on the mistreatment of him and his family when they were put in a mold-contaminated home.
He is also mentioned in a WikiLeaks cable during the GiFiles that I was able to dig up. Is this the beginning of whistleblowers coming forward to end the shadow government and deep state? You can watch Shipp's full explosive presentation below.
Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands
& Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists September 19 2017 | From: JonRappoport / VinnyEastwood “National election campaigns are media events. Media run them. Media pump ratings. They produce the soap opera. They construct the illusion. Many people hate hearing this, because they prefer to believe the few candidates who can actually win are real. No one with that much face time on national television is real.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport
I’ve just completed a flurry of articles on how elections work as media events in the US (archived here, under “elections”). But why leave out other countries, where the process is essentially the same?
You have to look at these major election seasons as television series produced by the major networks.
Then it begins to make sense.
The casting of characters tends to follow the same pattern, over and over. You have two major candidates (for president, premier, prime minister). Writing their parts is a bit of a challenge, because any intelligent person can see there is really not much to choose between them.
That’s a ratings killer. The networks need opposition and sharp differences. So while both of these “leaders,” behind the scenes, are Globalists and favor huge corporations and huge government bureaucracies, “free trade,” sending jobs overseas where workers will toil for virtually no pay in execrable conditions, etc., the networks will find issues on which they disagree.
Then you have a cast of minor characters running for the top office in the land. A couple of them are fiery and feisty, more “radical” or “radically conservative” in their views. They’ll never make it, but hope springs eternal, and a significant proportion of the population is drawn to them - for a while.
The television networks, as usual, adopt the horse race mode of reporting. Because, when all is said and done, that’s the main theme: who is going to win? Who really cares about exploring the issues in depth? There’s no juice or excitement there.
But watching two creatures gallop along a track toward the finish line moves the adrenaline.
And the networks, day after day, can point to what the candidates are doing or wearing or saying that is affecting their position in the race.
Did candidate A just utter a possibly politically incorrect phrase? Let’s interview three experts and find out.
Did candidate B once have dinner with a financier who cheated investors out of their life savings? No? It was lunch? A brief breakfast? Hmm. A professor of statistics explains how long a brief breakfast averages out to be.
Why has candidate A shifted from wearing blue to red?
To bolster all this, we have the polls, which seem to be taking place three times a day. Numbers to report. Breakdowns of the numbers in key voter areas of the country.
Meanwhile, the networks keep searching out differences between candidates A and B. A’s wet dream is wholescale bombing missions. B prefers thousands of drone strikes. Of course, this difference isn’t presented that way. B is a “peace candidate.” A is a “hawk.”
A wants the “free market.” B wants government to create millions of new jobs. On closer inspection, they’re both pushing the dominance of mega-corporations. But there is no closer inspection in the television series called Election.
At the root of all this insanity is the fact that television networks produce the series. As long as the viewing audience tunes in, as long as the ratings are respectable, the illusion continues.
The viewer, the voter, projects his hopes and dreams on to the television image of a candidate. It never occurs to him that:
a) he is now a fan of a soap opera and
b) his adored candidate is part of an immense political system in which only minor deviations from the norm are permitted.
Entering that system and participating in it is like walking into a tailor’s shop where, by magic, the customer (participant, candidate) automatically shrinks to half his former size in an instant. And from there it only gets worse.
Television is there to obscure the actual size of the political system and its culture. The soap opera highlights the two major characters (candidates), as if they alone can work great changes in the direction the oil tanker called Politics takes.
Television relies on the fact that a majority of the population favors watching competition - rather than learning about the collaboration, behind the scenes, between characters who seem to be on opposing sides.
The election IS television. Why is that not understood?
Perhaps for the same reason people can sit in a dark movie theater and look up at a large screen and forget, for a few moments, that they are sitting in a movie theater.
They are captured by the story and the images and the characters. And they want to be captured and taken away.
They want to believe, in the case of elections, that they are participating in something important simply by watching television.
You might say election campaigns are the original reality-shows. They’re soap opera, but the main characters are not actors. (Of course, they are actors.)
Perhaps you remember the 1972 American film, The Candidate, starring Robert Redford. The key moment occurs as Redford, who is running for a seat in the US Senate, watches a commercial he claims to favor, one that expresses his real convictions.
Within moments he realizes it’s a dud. He comes across as a stammering lightweight. No, from now on, he’ll have to accept ads in which he appears authoritative (but vague), on top of his game, and handsome. The die is cast. He is now an artifact of television.
And then there is the best film ever made about television: Network (1976), written by Paddy Chayefsky. The embittered, half-mad, disintegrating news anchor, Howard Beale, assaults his viewing audience:
“We deal in illusions, man… We’re all you know. You’re beginning to believe the illusions we’re spinning here. You’re beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. In God’s name, you people are the real thing. We are the illusion.”
Unfortunately, the television audience is insulted if someone tells them the characters they’re watching are synthetic and artificial.
Something strange is happening here. It’s more than the flicker of the images or the frequency or the brain wave-states television induces. It’s a counterpart to what people dream when they’re asleep.
The story lines of dreams, the vividness, the intimate proximity to characters.
At the extreme edge, it’s what makes people who watch candidates on television write them adoring fan letters (just as they write letters to convicted killers in prison). It’s what makes people dress up at night to sit in front of their sets and watch late-night talk-show hosts - as if the hosts could see them in their living rooms.
Truth may be stranger than fiction, but fiction is more compelling.
The whole television exhibition called Election is, in every moment, a living rolling artifice of melodrama. Staged from end to end.
Consider this exchange, in the 1997 film, Wag the Dog, between movie producer, Stanley Motss, and the shadowy White House agent, Conrad Brean:
Motss: What do you think about lining the President up for the Peace Prize?
Brean: Our job’s over come election day.
Motss: Yeah, but c’mon…
Brean: What, just for the symmetry of the thing? [Motss nods] Well, if Kissinger can win the Peace Prize, I wouldn’t be surprised if I woke up and found I’d won the Preakness.
Motss: Yeah, but our guy did bring peace.
Brean: There was never a war.
Motss: All the greater accomplishment.
The believable political face of the candidate is turned toward the camera, and television records it and sends it out to the millions.
The other face, the secret face, is never shown on television; or if it is, the audience misses it, because they are trained to think only good political intentions are displayed on the screen.
And they believe these intentions are the substance of election campaigns; the things worth voting for; the things the winners will try to bring into being in the world.
The audience believes television is democratic. Therefore, how could it deceive? Democracy is the only fair system ever devised.
Such illusions pile up and up. When one fades, another takes its place.
New Zealand Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?
Steve Bannon Unleashes The Wrath Of The 'Grim Reaper' On Enemies Within - 'Absolutely' Going To War With Establishment Republicans + Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie - One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History September 18 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / TheGatewayPundit
In his first nationally televised interview, former White House chief strategist Steve Bannon, who has often been referred to as the "Grim Reaper, among other things, unleashes his wrath, not against members of the opposing Democratic party, but on the true enemies within, the "establishment Republicans," that he says is trying to "nullify the 2016 election."
The interview covered a variety of topics, including President Trump's Twitter use which he believes is unique and a way to speak directly to the people without the prism and spin by the MSM, DACA & the Catholic church, Neo-nazis, the "Russian collusion" narrative and why it is a farce, and why it was so important for Bannon himself to leave his White House position in order to fight for the American people and the President.
Unsurprisingly, some of the most important things that Bannon revealed are the exact points the MSM is barely covering or spinning in a manner not consistent with Bannon's actual answers.
For example, Bannon's interview was with CBS's Charlie Rose for '60 Minutes," and their headline blares "Breitbart's Bannon declares war on the GOP," but that is not what Bannon said, his answer of "absolutely" when Rose asked if he was "going to war with them" was in reference to a previous answer which named some of the enemies within the "Republican establishment," that are "trying to nullify the 2016 election."
Bannon was asked who in the Republican establishment was trying to nullify the election, he answers:
“I think Mitch McConnell, and to a degree, Paul Ryan. They do not want Donald Trump's populist, economic nationalist agenda to be implemented. It's very obvious. It's obvious as - it's obvious as the - it's obvious as night follows day is what they're trying to do."
When asked for an example, he highlighted one of the first meetings with Mitch McConnell, where McConnell tried to demand the Trump campaign back off their talking about "draining the swamp."
“Oh, Mitch McConnell when we first met him, I mean, he was - he was - he - he said, I think in one of the first meetings - in Trump Tower with the president - as we're wrapping up, he basically says, "I don't wanna hear any more of this 'Drain the Swamp' talk."
He says, "I can't - I can't hire any smart people," because everybody's all over him for reporting requirements and - and the pay, et cetera, and the scrutiny. You know, "You gotta back off that." The "Drain the Swamp" thing was - is Mitch McConnell was Day One did not wanna - did not wanna go there. Wanted us to back off..”
The Swamp Monsters
What is not heard above, but can be heard during the full video, only on the CBS News site for now, is the follow up points made by Bannon about the "Swamp" in general after Rose asked him if he "cleaned the swamp", which should be mandatory reading and/or listening to every single person that wants the swamp drained, everyone that has lamented on why the swamp hasn't already been drained, those that have criticized the slowness of the process.
Bannon:"Well, first off - OK, the swamp is 50 years in the making. Let's talk about the swamp. The swamp is a business model. It's a successful business model. It's a donor-consultant K Street lobbyist-politician - seven of the nine biggest ca - most - wealthiest counties in America ring Washington, D.C."
Rose: "What are you talking about when you talk about the swamp. You're talking about the lobbyists and the people -"
Bannon: "The permanent political class, as represented by both parties. You're not gonna - you're not gonna drain that in eight months. You're not gonna drain it in two terms. This is gonna take 10, 15, 20 years of relentlessly going after it..”
Steve Bannon just did what no politician has done, he actually, finally, defined the "swamp."
We have heard the term drain the swamp for years, throughout election cycles, but no one has ever explained how deep the swamp really is or how many "animals" are part of the ecosystem, and for the "this should be done right now!" crowd, that might be the most critical point to understand.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Presidents cannot fire members of congress that are part of the so-called "swamp," nor the political class talking heads, nor the donors, that is up to "we the people."
A president can "drain" portions within his administration, like Sally Yates' termination, or the "bloodbath" when Secretary of State Rex Tillerson cleaned out the "7th floor," etc... but it could take decades to drain the entire thing, and that is only, as Bannon makes it clear, if we "relentlessly" continue to go after it.
Key quote on why Bannon felt it was important to get out of the White House to become an "outside wing man" for President Trump:
“You are a staffer. I was a federal government employee. There are certain things you can't do. I cannot take the fight to who we have to take the fight to when I'm an advisor to the president as a federal government employee. You can't do it..”
The one criticism Bannon has about the president:
“I think if there's one criticism or one observation is that the president in coming here, right, has still thought - at least in the beginning of his administration - that it's about personalities, and, "If I can change this personality," or, "If I can get this guy on my side, I can do that."
And it's not what the institutional logic is. I think some of that was with the FBI and others in the State Department and how his foreign policy is playing out. But I believe you're gonna see over time he's gonna have a greater appreciation that this is a city of institutions, and you must engage them as institutions, not just as personalities.”
Bannon on President Trump's Twitter use and why it is important:
“OK, I don't think he needs - the Washington Post, and the New York Times, and CBS News. And I don't believe he thinks that they're looking out what's in his best interest, OK? He's not gonna believe that, I don't believe that, and you don't believe that, OK?
This is another just standard in judgment that you rain upon him in the effort to destroy Donald Trump. He knows he's speaking directly to the people who put him in office when he uses Twitter. And it sometimes is not in the custom and tradition of what the opposition party deems is appropriate. You're - you're absolutely correct, it's not.
And he's not gonna stop.
And by the way, General Kelly, I have the most tremendous respect for and has put in very tight processes. He's not gonna be able to control it either because it's Donald Trump.
It's Donald Trump talking directly to the American people. And to say something else, you're gonna get some good there. And every now and again you're gonna get some less good, OK? But you're just gonna have to live with it.”
In the clip shown below, before the actual interview aired, we see Steve Bannon address the Access Hollywood tape that was released during the election, and how at a meeting, everyone was convinced Trump should drop out of the running, but that Bannon was only person in the room that told him he had "100% probability of winning the election."
He explains why that time was a "litmus test" because if you are behind someone, you stay behind them through the good and the bad.
The importance here is he made it clear he took out his "little black book" and started taking names... no doubt those names he took down during the campaign and during his time in the White House, are the people he is indeed "going to war" with over the next few years on President Trump's behalf.
The last clip shows Bannon shut Charlie Rose right down as he suggests that Bannon doesn't appreciate diversity or civil rights in the eyes on Bannon's critics, where Bannon states:
“I was raised in a desegregated neighborhood. It - it - the north side of Richmond is predominantly black, OK? I went to - I went to an integrated school, a Catholic school. I served in the military.
I don't need to be - I don't need to be lectured by a bunch of - by a bunch of limousine liberals, OK, from the Upper East Side of New York and from the Hamptons, OK, about any of this. My lived experience is that."
Steve Bannon doesn't respond to each and every bit of media specualtion and gossip about him, his relations with the President, why he left the White House, who and what he is, but this interview, the very first televised interview with Bannon since he resigned as chief strategist, is his reponse to it all.
The man that has been dubbed the "grim reaper," is taking out his little black book, waging a media war on the enemies within the Republican establishment, and he has just put them all on notice that his figurative "scythe" is aimed right for their head.
Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie – One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History
Sean Hannity interviewed Rep. Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA) on Wednesday night. The California Republican recently went to London to interview Wikileaks founder Julian Assange about the Hillary Clinton emails that were published by Wikileaks during the 2016 presidential campaign.
Once again Rep. Rohrabacher told Sean Hannity he was 99% certain that the Russian collusion narrative is a total lie.
Last week Rep. Rohrabacher told Sean Hannity he was 99% certain that the Russian collusion narrative is a total lie. This week he doubled down and repeated the accusation.
Tonight on Hannity Rep. Dana Rohrabacher said the Russian collusion scandal is the biggest political scandal in US history.
“Rep. Rohrabacher: Once we know the Russians weren’t involved, then we have to understand that this massive propaganda campaign, this historic con-job that happened after the election to prevent our president from exercising the powers granted to him by the voters, this is one of the great political crimes committed against the American people in our history. "
Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused September 17 2017 | From: Infowars / TheContrail / TheGatewayPundit
Financial analyst exposes Clinton Foundation UNITAID fraud, faulty HIV/AIDS medications to Africa.
Charles Ortel, the noted Wall Street financial analyst who has charged the Clintons with running the Clinton Foundation as a vast international criminal conspiracy, has produced new research, suggesting the Clintons could face the possibility of international investigations over their administration of UNITAID funds.
Ortel has previously argued the story of the Clinton Health Access Initiative (CHAI)/UNITAID scam is one of the most poignant alleged Clinton Foundation abuses demonstrating how the Clintons used their tax-exempt foundation to conduct a “reverse Robin Hood,” robbing the average air traveler in France to benefit the rich, namely themselves, at the expense of short-changing those inflicted by HIV/AIDS from treatment that the World Health Organization had promised the international community represented would be delivered honestly.
Ortel explained to Infowars.com that the Clinton fraud with UNITAID could lead to criminal investigations in countries including France and Great Britain, even if the U.S. Justice Department continues to decline any serious criminal investigations into Clinton Foundation activities.
To get an idea of the magnitude of the fraud possible, consider that the levy imposed on airline tickets by the French government alone, according to records published by the French Civil Aviation Authority, has collected more than $1 billion euros in the approximately six years since the UNITAID program was launched in 2006 through Jan. 23, 2013.
“The air ticket levy, a predictable and robust source of revenue, contributes to the fight against HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, diseases that cause more than 4 million deaths every year,” UNITAID, the principal beneficiary of this levy, said in January 2013, when congratulating France “for its pivotal role and leadership in innovative financing for development."
UNITAID documents that 60.8 percent of all UNITAID contributions from 2006-2012 have come from France.
Ortel explained to Infowars.com that a French government investigation in 2011 concluded that UNITAID had sent approximately $450 million to CHAI by Dec. 31, 2009.
Ortel pointed out that a major problem for the Clintons was that neither CHAI nor the Clinton Foundation had received proper authorization from U.S. government or foreign government authorities to operate as an international charity accepting donations in the U.S. and abroad to combat HIV/AIDS.
“UNITAID was organized with the understanding that around 50% of initial grants would be routed through Clinton Foundation HIV/AIDS Initiative, Inc. and/or the Clinton Foundation to ‘fight HIV/AIDS internationally,’” Ortel pointed out.
“The problem is that regulatory filings prove the Clintons had merged CHAI out of legal existence on December 31, 2005, before UNITAID was organized on Sept. 19, 2006, and the second entity, the Clinton Foundation, never had lawful power from the IRS to do anything other than serve as Presidential archive and research facility in Arkansas,” he continued.
“Then, on Dec. 31, 2009, while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State and Lois Lerner was denying and/or delaying tax deferred status to conservative and libertarian groups applying for 501(c)(3) status, the Clintons filed a false and misleading application with the IRS under penalties of perjury naming Bill Clinton as chairman and trustee for a new charity, the Clinton Health Access Initiative, Inc. (New CHAI),” Ortel argued.
“In signing this application Bill Clinton failed to disclose that he was a convicted felon, forced to surrender licenses to practice law in Arkansas, as well as before the U.S. Supreme Court, for lying under oath and obstructing justice in a sexual harassment case brought by Paula Jones.”
“This false application (creating New CHAI) was riddled with lies and omitted key facts, but was swiftly approved by Lerner’s division of the IRS on 15 March 2010,” he added.
Ortel also pointed out that during 2007, as then Prime Minister Tony Blair was leaving office, the United Kingdom government made a commitment of up to £1 billion over 20 years.
“I give you this background, to show that a conspiracy has long existed to cover up a plan wherein governments make vast donations to leaky charities and these leaky charities either divert or temporarily let politicians avail themselves of massive sums either for personal or for political uses.”
Ortel’s analysis concluded that in no year from 2006 through 2013, do the numbers UNITAID records sending CHAI agree with the amounts the Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.
Some years the amounts UNITAID says were sent CHAI are more than Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID, such as in 2008 and 2010.
In the other years, the amounts UNITAID reports say was sent to CHAI in each year differ from the amounts the Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID. Some years the amounts UNITAID says were sent CHAI are more than Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.
Ortel argues that these discrepancies, between the amounts UNITAID sent CHAI and the amounts CHAI records having received from UNITAID, would not have been possible had the independent auditors to Clinton Foundation, including PricewaterhouseCoopers, conducted a thorough financial audit that involved reconciling all CHAI-recorded receipt of funds with the UNITAID audited financial records detailing the amount of funds UNITAID sent to CHAI.
On May 15, 2013, investigative reporter Katherine Eban published an important article in Fortune Magazine, entitled “Dirty Medicine,” in which she detailed the criminal fraud in which Ranbaxy manufactured for CHAI substandard and otherwise defective HIV/AIDS medicines.
On May 13, 2013, in what developed as a global pharmaceutical scandal, Ranbaxy pleaded guilty to seven federal criminal counts of selling adulterated drugs with an intent to defraud, failing to report that its drugs didn’t meet specifications, and making intentionally false statements to the government.
In pleading guilty, Ranbaxy also agreed to pay $500 million in fines, forfeitures, and penalties, the most ever levied against a generic-drug company.
Wonder why the Clinton Foundation Folded so Suddenly After Hillary was no Longer in a Position of Influence?
Perhaps this summary will give some insight. They list 486 employees (line 5)! It took 486 people who are paid $34.8 million and $91.3 million in fees and expenses, to give away $5.1 million dollars.
This is real. You can check the 2015 return yourself (see the link below). The real heart of the Clinton's can be seen here. Staggering but not surprising.
These figures are from an official copy of the Bill, Hillary and Chelsea Clinton Foundation for the tax year 2014. The copy of the tax return is from the National Center for Charitable Statistics website. You can get the latest tax return on any charitable organization there.
Total revenue (line 12) $177,804,612.00
Total grants to charity (line 13) $ 5,160,385.00 (that's less than 3%)
Total expenses of $91,281,145.00
Expenses include:
Salaries (line 15) $ 34,838,106.00
Fund raising fees (line 16a) $ 850,803.00
Other expenses (line 17) $ 50,431,851.00
Travel $ 8,000,000.00
Meetings $ 12,000,000.00
Line 22 shows ending year net assets/fund balances of $332,471,349.00 which is up $85,171,891 from last year's tax return!
Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused
If Judge James E. Boasberg has his way, details of Hillary Clinton’s email investigation by the FBI will see the light of day. The U.S. District Judge isn’t buying the FBI’s claim that a “lack of public interest” justifies withholding the documents.
“A federal judge ordered the FBI on Thursday to disclose more details about how it handled its investigation into Hillary Clinton’s secret email account.
U.S. District Judge James E. Boasberg said court papers describing the grand jury subpoenas the FBI obtained to compel information from Mrs. Clinton’s internet service providers can be made public.
In doing so, he overruled objections by the Trump administration that had insisted making the information public would violate grand jury secrecy rules.
“After reviewing the document in camera, the court concludes that it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy,” the judge said.
Two groups, Judicial Watch and Cause of Action Institute, have been prodding the government for more information about the Clinton emails, and they cheered the judge’s ruling as a victory for transparency.
“After reviewing the document in camera, the court concludes that it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy,” the judge said.
Two groups, Judicial Watch and Cause of Action Institute, have been prodding the government for more information about the Clinton emails, and they cheered the judge’s ruling as a victory for transparency.
“This order makes public details submitted by the government about the FBI’s efforts to recover then-Secretary Clinton’s unlawfully removed emails. Americans deserve to know the full scope of that investigation,” said COA President John J. Vecchione."
President of Judicial Watch, Tom Fitton released a statement regarding this ruling:
“We’re happy with the ruling but it is unbelievable we’re being opposed by Trump appointees in the State and Justice Department’s on the Clinton email issue. President Trump ought to be outraged his appointees are protecting Hillary Clinton. The State Department should initiate action with the Justice Department – and both agencies should finally take the necessary steps to recover all the government emails Hillary Clinton unlawfully removed."
As the TGP reported, the FBI has denied lawyer Ty Clevenger’s request to obtain documents related to Hillary Clinton’s email probe.
“Hillary Clinton’s case isn’t interesting enough to the public to justify releasing the FBI’s files on her, the bureau said this week in rejecting an open-records request by a lawyer seeking to have the former secretary of state punished for perjury.
Ty Clevenger, the lawyer, has been trying to get Mrs. Clinton and her personal lawyers disbarred for their handling of her official emails during her time as secretary of state. He’s met with resistance among lawyers, and now his request for information from the FBI’s files has been shot down.
“You have not sufficiently demonstrated that the public’s interest in disclosure outweighs personal privacy interests of the subject,” FBI records management section chief David M. Hardy told Mr. Clevenger in a letter Monday.
“It is incumbent upon the requester to provide documentation regarding the public’s interest in the operations and activities of the government before records can be processed pursuant to the FOIA,” Mr. Hardy wrote.
Mrs. Clinton, is the 2016 Democratic presidential nominee, former chief diplomat, former U.S. senator, and former first lady of both the U.S. and Arkansas."
Conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch announced that on August 8, 2017, D.C. District Court Judge Amit P. Mehta ordered the State Department “to search the state.gov e-mail accounts of Huma Abedin, Cheryl Mills, and Jacob Sullivan” for emails relating to the Benghazi scandal.
“Judge Mehta described Judicial Watch’s Clinton Benghazi FOIA lawsuit as “a far cry from a typical FOIA case. Secretary Clinton used a private e-mail server, located in her home, to transmit and receive work-related communications during her tenure as Secretary of State.”
Further:
[I]f an e-mail did not involve any state.gov user, the message would have passed through only the Secretary’s private server and, therefore, would be beyond the immediate reach of State.
Because of this circumstance, unlike the ordinary case, State could not look solely to its own records systems to adequately respond to [Judicial Watch’s] demand.
[The State Department] has not, however, searched the one records system over which it has always had control and that is almost certain to contain some responsive records: the state.gov e-mail server.
If Secretary Clinton sent an e-mail about Benghazi to Abedin, Mills, or Sullivan at his or her state.gov e-mail address, or if one of them sent an e-mail to Secretary Clinton using his or her state.gov account, then State’s server presumably would have captured and stored such an e-mail. Therefore, State has an obligation to search its own server for responsive records.
State has offered no assurance that the three record compilations it received [from Secretary Clinton and her aides], taken together, constitute the entirety of Secretary Clinton’s e-mails during the time period relevant to Plaintiff’s FOIA Request.
Absent such assurance, the court is unconvinced “beyond material doubt” that a search of the state.gov accounts of Abedin, Mills and Sullivan is “unlikely to produce any marginal return.”
President of Judicial Watch, Tom Fitton said about this new federal court order, “This major court ruling may finally result in more answers about the Benghazi scandal and Hillary Clinton’s involvement in it – as we approach the attack’s fifth anniversary."
It is remarkable that we had to battle both the Obama and Trump administrations to break through the State Department’s Benghazi stonewall. Why are Secretary Tillerson and Attorney General Sessions wasting taxpayer dollars protecting Hillary Clinton and the Obama administration?
We are approaching the 5 year anniversary of the attack at a U.S. diplomatic compound that killed four Americans, including the U.S. Ambassador to Libya.
Hillary Clinton, Susan Rice and other criminals in the Obama administration have lied to the American public about the Benghazi attack.
The public deserves to know the truth and the Obama administration must be held accountable.
The Ardern Effect: A Disturbance In The Force & Jacinda Ardern And Labour: The Truth Exposed September 3 2017 | From: Uncensored / VinnyEastwood
Not so long ago in a galaxy not very far away... A planet divided: Two factions battle for control: The Republic Alliance and the Democratic Independant Union. But behind the scenes, a dark power is manipulating both sides to instigate an all-powerful New World Order.
Readers familiar with my blogs will know of my fondness for comparing science fiction plots to real-world politics and conspiracies, so I was amused to see that New Zealand Labour Party’s new leader, the charismatic and much-hyped Jacinda Ardern, has now been compared to Star Wars character Princess Leia, in association with the phrase “A New Hope.”
Not so long ago in a city, far, far away, Sam Sharpe held a sign different from all others. That sign – a stencil picture of Jacinda Ardern as Princess Leia – was spotted among the hundreds of supporters who gathered to hear the Labour leader speak in Dunedin on Friday.
Ardern called out Sharpe’s name, thanked him for his artwork, and later posed for a photo with the artist.
Ardern, who was shown the Princess Leia ‘A New Hope picture’ before her Dunedin visit, said the work was “pretty flattering”.
It wasn’t the first time she had come across Sharpe’s work, with Ardern owning a stencil piece of Michael Joseph Savage.
“When she does her interviews it is always there behind her,” Sharpe said. Sales of the Ardern prints had “gone bananas” and he was fielding sales request from all over the country.
The Princess Leia piece was easily his most popular artwork.
So something becomes clear from the details.
Jacinda Arden was already familiar with the work of this artist, and the placard in question has made a somewhat contrived and pre planned appearance.
I’ve even noticed that Arden appears to be wearing a white robe in her new bill boards!
But the Star Wars comparisons, as I hinted in the intro to this article, run deeper.
Jacinda Ardern & Labour: The Truth Exposed
The Star Wars galaxy is initially controlled by two forces: the Republic and the Trade Federation.
But a crafty senator is manipulating these powers to his own ends, instigating The Empire, which is opposed by group of rebels known as the Alliance, who wish to re-instate the Old Republic.
Republic... Alliance? And does not the Trade Federation evoke comparisons to the DIU and their TPPA?
Here’s George Lucas’s own explanation of the meaning of Star Wars:
Explosive 'Conspiracy Theories' Confirmed By Whistleblower Shatter Matrix And Prove Something Is Very Wrong In America September 2 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline
With Globalists Dark Agenda Now Public, They're Unleashing The Full Fury Of Their Satanic Plans For America. Comment: And If Anyone Believes This Stops With The US - They Are Woefully Ignorant.
While back on November 8th of 2016, a hugely 'awakened' America voted for 'change' and 'America 1st' by electing Donald Trump as President, as tens of millions of Americans have found out since then as was perfectly described in the words of Steve Bannon, the "Trump presidency we voted for is over".
And while President Trump is still in office and fighting for America, his agenda has been stifled with a very real coup attempt taking place before our eyes being carried out by the same 'political entity' that lost the election, a 'beast' with tentacles stretching back many, many years in Washington DC and around the world.
With the never-ending attacks upon President Trump and his America-1st agenda being carried out by not only the political establishment, both left and right, but the 'media establishment' as well, we take a look within this story at numerous bombshell conspiracy theories that have now been confirmed with the attempted 'take down' of this presidency.
Shipp explains for us the pertinent differences between the 'shadow government' and the 'deep state' and helps us to understand why, despite Trump being in office, very little has changed in America and in fact, the globalist agenda has accelerated.
In the first video below we hear from Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog guest Steve Quayle that it's become completely clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil and as we see outlined within this story, if we don't stand up strongly to help awaken the masses to truth, we may soon witness the total overthrow of all we hold dear in America.
As Shipp tells us, most Americans get the feeling that something isn't quite right with our government and as he confirms for us, the two very separate entities 'shadow govt' and 'deep state' have been controlling our elected government in Washington DC for quite some time, functioning secretly and outside of the US Constitution. "We are a Constitutional government that has been superseeded...we are now in a 'post-Constitutional government'.
Shipp reminds us that proof of that comes to us from the fact that if we were still living in a Constitutional Republic, everyone in Washington DC who has been desecrating the US Constitution, creating laws that make it null and void, would be locked away for many years for committing felonies against the American people yet there they sit in their high places, further ripping down America and getting paid very well to destroy it.
The enemies of America within.
As we learn in Wigington's video from Shipp as most ANP and independent news readers know, America under Barack Obama and the Clinton and Bush administrations took huge strides towards tyranny.
And while the election of President Trump clearly threw a monkey wrench in the plans of those who've long been working to take down America, their agenda has been kicked into overdrive as perfectly exemplified in the takedowns of long-standing war monuments which are now being called symbols of hatred despite simply being memories of a history we hope we never revisit yet are being pushed towards right now by the msm.
Shipp confirms that what we're witnessing is very real - the dark agendas of the global power structure, carried out criminally and against the US Constitution by 'globalist enemies of America within', have taken precedent over President Trump's agenda, proving to us what has been long warned of, the 'America' we grew up in is gone.
Shipp explains for us the difference between the 'shadow government', which he says includes the CIA, the NSA and many of the other 'alphabet soup agencies' and is run by fear and intimidation, and the 'deep state', which he says is run by power, money and greed and includes the military industrial complex and is 'below' the 'shadow government' but functions within the same matrix.
Intimately connected and manipulating our 'government' behind the scenes, Shipp warns us that if the government violates the Constitution, they have committed a felony yet they do so over and over and over again with no fear of reprisal, helping to prove that America already exists under 'tyranny'.
As we learn, with the globalists long-held plans to take down America kicked into overdrive proving yet another 'conspiracy theory' as true, tremendous dangers lay ahead for all Americans if we allow them to complete the destruction of our nation. From Wigington:
"Kevin Shipp (author of "From The Company Of Shadows") was a decorated CIA officer who refused to look the other way in regard to government criminality and cover-up.
At a very important public awareness event, held by GeoengineeringWatch.org in Northern California, on July 28th, 2017, Mr. Shipp presented a shocking and compelling presentation on numerous, horrific and ongoing government crimes.
The total persecution of anyone who dares to tell the truth about rampant government tyranny is also fully exposed. The paradigm we have all known has been built on deception and the dark agendas of the global power structure.
The courage Kevin Shipp has shown by doing his best to expose government criminality and tyranny serves as a stellar example to us all.
We desperately need other individuals in government agencies and the US military to follow Kevin's lead. All of us are essential in the battle to help wake the masses to the truth so that the whistleblowers have the support they need to come forward.
If we have any chance of stopping the completely out of control criminal cabal that currently runs our country and much of the world, we must all make our voices heard, we must all join the fight for the greater good."
As Steve Quayle recently mentioned in this new story over at Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog, we are now witnessing the attempted overthrow of America and our legally elected government by a conglomerate of deep state and shadow government, Hillary Clinton-supporting losers whose long held agenda to take down the United States and bring us under the control of a satanic, dictatorial global govt is moving closer to completion every day.
With a 'takedown' of President Trump providing us with absolute proof that America is simply another low-lying fruit in an increasingly tyrannical global dictatorship, is there any way that America can take back our country from the globalists dark agenda that has been working to take down our nation for many, many years?
In the 1st video below we hear from Steve Quayle along with Greg Hunter that it has never been more clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil. We'll close with this excerpt from USA Watchdog as heard in the 1st video below:
“You have to understand, we are not just facing turmoil, we are facing the dedicated and very well positioned and financed overthrow of the United States government by former federal officers and by those in the military. I want to read the 13th rule of Saul Alinsky’s “Rules for Radicals.”
They are doing this to President Trump. It’s character assassination. This is what people have to understand.
The 13th rule is what Hillary Clinton, the Marxists and what all of the Obama Administration believe in, and they are following this blueprint. Saul Alinsky dedicated his book “Rules for Radicals” to Lucifer. He said at least he got his own kingdom. . . .
So, here it is:
‘Pick the target (President Trump). Freeze it. Personalize it. Polarize it.
Cut out the support network, and isolate the target from sympathy. Go after the people and any of the support, any of the institutions that support him.’
The point being is that is what we are watching. And this is the killer statement: ‘People hurt faster than institutions.’ The fact that these monsters, and that’s what they are, these media monsters, those mongrels from hell . . . going after the President’s son and going after his wife. . . .
I am concerned with the treason, the treachery and total assault upon the military. When you see these people turning their backs on the President, former NSA, CIA, DIA, military commanders . . . kick their sorry butts out.
I would also say this to anybody that has political clout. Call President Trump and tell him to bring back the commanders that Obama fired. Then, fire the ones that are there now.”
Steve Quayle – America in Spiritual War Between Good and Evil
CIA Agent Whistleblower Risks All To Expose The Shadow Government
Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig September 2 2017 | From: JonRappoport
To give you an idea of the deception inherent in socialism, here is a quote from none other than Andrew Carnegie, once one of the richest men in America:
“I believe Socialism is the grandest theory ever presented, and I am sure it will someday rule the world. Then we will have attained the Millennium…Then men will be content to work for the general welfare and share their riches with their neighbors.” (The New York Times, 1 January 1885, “A Millionaire Socialist”)
Carnegie, of course, like several of his ultra-rich compatriots, devised a method to give away his riches while keeping them: the non-profit foundation.
The last thing on Carnegie’s bloated mind was becoming “equal” with the great unwashed.
He was a liar of the first order. He recognized that, when you win the game of free enterprise, your most corrupt bet is to turn around and find every possible way to block others from winning. Then, you stand at the top of the heap, unchallenged.
That is exactly what he had in mind. That’s what socialism actually meant to him.
Let’s see socialism for what it is. Not in the abstract, but in reality.
Socialism is:
The taking of money (taxes) from some people who work for it and giving it to others who don’t work for it. On a grand scale.
The vast expansion of freebies doled out by central government. In order to create and sustain dependence.
The government protection of favored persons and corporations, permitting them and aiding them to expand their fortunes without limit, regardless of what crimes they commit in the process. (Monsanto would be a fine example.)
The squeezing out of those who would compete with the favored persons and corporations.
The dictatorship by and for the very wealthy, pretending to be the servant of the masses.
The lie that the dictatorship is being run by the masses.
The gradual lowering of the standard of living for the overwhelming number of people.
The propaganda claiming socialism is the path to a better world for all.
In other words, socialism is a protection racket and a long con and a heartless system of elite control, posing as the greatest good.
Except in the specifics of its updated lies, it is just another form of top-down tyranny - as old as the hills.
A year or two ago, a person living in Europe told me that the European Union was not a problem, because it was just another layer of socialism placed over the existing socialist governments of European nations, and no one really noticed the existence of the EU.
As if blindness were a reason not to worry. As you can see from the elements of socialism I’ve listed above, America is moving more and more into the socialist orbit.
Protesting that America is, instead, a system of greed and inequality is merely saying that the central government is protecting certain corporations and favored persons.
The real and true definition of socialism accounts for that favoritism and protection.
SOCIALISM WAS NEVER ABOUT UNIVERSAL EQUALITY AND UNIVERSAL SHARING.
THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS UNIVERSAL AND COMPLETE EQUALITY AND SHARING, ONLY A FAKE VERSION DICTATED FROM ABOVE.
Socialism is, in the minds of most people who advocate it, a vague sentiment about people being kinder to each other. Consider this fatuous and ludicrous statement, uttered by the mob boss of bosses of the Soviet Union, Nikita Khrushchev, in 1961:
“The socialist economy has become so strong, so vigorous that from the summits we have reached we can issue an open challenge of peaceful economic competition to the most powerful capitalist country - the United States of America.”
“Bankrolled and given vital technology by a few elites from the West, our vast society of socialist slave workers is now able to engage in capitalist competition with America.”
The raving of a madman.Today’s youth who push and protest and riot and censor, on behalf of socialism, are working for the ultra-rich whom they despise.
That’s the long and short of “the glorious revolution.”
The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today (including a miniature Rockefeller named George Soros) have engaged the young as foot soldiers, and they know the young are willing dupes for socialism, because they created, for the young, an education system that makes them clueless and mindless.
The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today are saying:
“Bring on the new world, the better world, the more just world, the happier world - whatever you want to call it - so we can run it from the top and show you what we really think of you. Make every conceivable lever of power ours, and then we’ll reveal what we really have planned for you.”
Here is a relevant backgrounder I recently wrote about private property:
Once private property is abolished, the socialist crime bosses win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all.
They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.
Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.
For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean,“We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”
Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.
In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean,“I, an elite banker, will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”
But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.
Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.
In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.
Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property. This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.
As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second.
The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?
Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of peaceful tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.
In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics.
Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.
In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.
To which the addled mind replies: “But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”
Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped. The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the protected and favored offender.
Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people. Surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.
Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity.
If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.
The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.
Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody.
Power to the people.
Any alert mind blows apart this delusional nightmare in a minute.
“Weather Wars” Theorists Claim Hurricane Harvey Was Engineered, “Steered” Toward Houston As A “Weather Terrorism” Weapon + Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey? August 31 2017 | From: NaturalNews / StillnessInTheStorm / Various
We’re bringing this claim to your attention because a growing number of observers, websites and analysts are concluding that Hurricane Harvey was “engineered” and made into a “weather weapon” through a combination of ground-based temperature manipulation tools and “chemtrail” seeding.
Yes, it sounds absurd at first, until you realize that Al Gore tells us that human activity controls the climate every day. It’s called “climate change,” and in fact, Al Gore and the climate alarmists directly tell us that we created Hurricane Harvey and all the other “extreme” weather events anyone sees.
Weather modification, in other words, has become the de facto belief of climate alarmists. The entire mainstream media routinely insists that hurricanes, droughts, floods, snowstorms and tornadoes are all unintentionally created by human activity.
The key difference between Al Gore and the “weather wars” theories is that those who believe in weather wars insist these hurricanes are deliberately created, selectively amplified and steered into selected targets.
Environmental Warfare
Environmental Warfare is defined as the intentional modification or manipulation of the natural ecology, such as climate and weather, earth systems such as the ionosphere, magnetosphere, tectonic plate system, and/or the triggering of seismic events (earthquakes) to cause intentional physical, economic, and psycho-social, and physical destruction to an intended target geophysical or population location, as part of strategic or tactical war.
Al Gore believes hurricanes are created by Man, in other words, and the weather wars theorists say they are precisely controlled and deployed as weapons of terrorism to inflict economic damage and achieve psychological goals involving terror and death.
This claim seems absurd to most people at first glance, but there is a growing community of weather skeptics who insist that such events are not accidents but weapons.
That’s why we’re covering this story: Not as an endorsement of such conclusions but rather as a look at a curious corner of the internet where weather wars, weather modification and geoengineering have become popular, alternative explanations for significant weather events.
In fact, there are at least two key patents (linked below) that describe this technology in great detail, including a “space-based power system” that can alter “weather elements” including hurricanes. (Keep reading for details…)
One of the most popular sites asserting such claims is WeatherWar101.com, whose author - a former network engineer - explains:
"For ten years, I have been proving the irrefutable reality of daily manufactured flash flood deluge and severe weather – every single day. Denying the reality of these daily manmade weather events is akin to denying the existence of the combustion engine, and it is just as easy to prove.
If you can understand boiling water, you can understand where trillions of gallons of water vapor come from that create and fuel the daily trillion-gallon floods we see washing a different community away, somewhere in the world. This isn’t debatable, and it is as easy to observe as sunrise."
Unless I have the names mixed up, the author seems to go by the name of “Sofia Smallstorm” (to avoid being identified by name, of course) and goes to great lengths to protect his or her identity. This person also wrote the foreward to No Natural Weather: Introduction to Geoengineering 101.
The site has published a 14-minute analysis of Hurricane Harvey, asserting that the hurricane was augmented by “On-Land Water Vapor Generation from Texas, Louisiana, etc.” The video description also states:
"It’s also no coincidence that Hurricane Harvey is hitting the United States, 25 years to the day after Hurricane Andrew hit Florida. Since all of these storms are very clearly and very obviously deliberated manufactured, this “Anniversary Hurricane” was clearly intentional.”
Hurricane Harvey Origin: Targeting Texas
Another video from APlaneTruth.info offers a more detailed explanation of “weather geoengineering” phenomena and how they say it relates to Hurricane Harvey, citing numerous patents, weather control conference, military technology and so on:
Hurricane Harvey & the Weather Terrorists from Land, Sea and Air
The National Weather Service, NOAA, and the Geoengineers of the military and NASA have known about how to create and dissipate weather, including hurricanes.
You will learn in this video exactly how they are making Hurricane Harvey into a never before seem deluge that started with a tiny front back on Aug. 16th.
Do Water Vapor Generators Exist that Can Unleash Clouds?
The idea of land-based water vapor generators that could contribute any meaningful amount of water to Hurricane Harvey seems absurd to those who have never looked into all this. According to recent estimates, Hurricane Harvey dumped 11 trillion gallons of water on Houston and surrounding areas.
For any land-based machinery to contribute even 1/1000th of that volume - just 11 billion gallons of water - would take a massive fleet of mechanized water vapor generators burning through an enormous quantity of fuel or electricity. That seems unrealistic by any rational analysis.
Yet as the BBC video shows in the following video clip (starting at 15:12), there do exists large buildings that literally generate massive clouds and rainfall. Before I saw this video, even I had no idea such buildings existed. Watch the BBC explain:
Manmade Weather; Hurricane Harvey
Hurricane Harvey is a never before seen weather machine that begin on Aug. 16th and was a tropical storm until it hit the coast of Mexico where the Wet Surface Water Vapor generators were able to intensely magnify and create the massive Hurricane into the Gulf.
Once it gets on shore it will rotate around and we can watch the entire storm system be manipulated using NEXRAD/Doppler radar devices to keep the rains a 'comin'.
Despite the existence of the technology, it is difficult to imagine the existence of such a massive operation operating covertly. That’s why the existence of a large-scale water vapor generating network seems highly unlikely.
Besides, solar power does all that work for free by warming the oceans and evaporating water into the storm system. Trying to augment 11 trillion gallons of water evaporation carried out by the sun seems futile.
The forces of nature are so much larger than anything mankind can contribute to them that supposing we can generate massive storm systems seems rather unlikely.
At the same time, so does the idea that human activity can drastically alter Earth’s climate in the first place.
Despite all the hysteria and fear mongering of the climate change alarmists, human activity is nothing but a tiny sliver of contribution to the grand-scale phenomena driven by solar activity, volcanoes and other such events.
Weather Modification Technology Does Exist (Read These Patents to See for Yourself)
There’s no question, by the way, that weather modification technology exists and is in widespread use across the globe. Weather control advocates are currently citing this U.S. patent #20100074390 A1, titled, “Method for weather modification and vapor generator for weather modification.”
As the patent summary states:
"A nuclear fusion reactor (2) or nuclear fission reactor (22) is used as a heat source. A heat exchanger (11 or 37) that contains water to be heated (15) is used for water vapor generation.
A circulating pipe (10 or 26) through which a fluid for cooling the nuclear fusion reactor or nuclear fission reactor or for conducting heat exchange circulates is disposed so as to extend in the heat exchanger and be in contact with the water to be heated.
Water vapor is thus generated. This water vapor is jetted toward the sky at a state of collimation through a vapor discharge pipe (12 or 36). A cloud for blocking sunlight is formed in the sky from the water vapor jetted to reduce the temperature of the earth surface.
This enables a weather modification without discharging any greenhouse gas, e.g., CO2.“
It describes a space-based technology for generating and controlling hurricanes:
"Space-based power system and method of altering weather using space-born energy. The space-based power system maintains proper positioning and alignment of system components without using connecting structures.
Power system elements are launched into orbit, and the free-floating power system elements are maintained in proper relative alignment, e.g., position, orientation, and shape, using a control system.
Energy from the space-based power system is applied to a weather element, such as a hurricane, and alters the weather element to weaken or dissipate the weather element.
The weather element can be altered by changing a temperature of a section of a weather element, such as the eye of a hurricane, changing airflows, or changing a path of the weather element..“
Weather modification technology isn’t a conspiracy theory, either: It’s already in use! For example, this article from SingularityHub describes Dubai’s “weather wizards” and how they use advanced electronics to create rain.
It’s not a conspiracy theory; it’s just clever physics:
"Meteo Systems, a Swiss company [is] developing a technology they’ve dubbed Weathertec. The idea is to erect giant ionizers wherever you’d like to have some rain.
If the ambient humidity in the area reaches the required minimum of 30%, then you turn the ionizers on and start pumping electrons into the atmosphere.
Assuming that you have high temperatures, the electrons will rise with the heat and water molecules will start condensing around them. At this point, you have clouds that will produce rain once they are dense enough.“
This is a informative and brief you tube for those not familiar with HAARP. The acronym stands for “High Active Auroral Research Project” a creation of the U.S. Air Force and Naval Research.
The main station being in Gakona, Alaska, but which has spread its tentacles into more than 20 locations throughout the world. United States, Canada, Norway, the former Soviet Union, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, China, and Puerto Rico to name a few all have this ionospheric capability.
HAARP can be used in conjunction with cellular towers, NEXRAD’s, satellite systems to focus huge amounts of particle beam energy directly up into the ionosphere.
Based on Bernard Eastlund’s patents from 1985 (and derived from Tesla technologies “free energy” invention), HAARP has many functions, one of which is to direct electrons along the naturally occurring magnetic field lines of the earth and accelerate/charge them to the near speed of light to form a shell of highly excited particles that can block communications worldwide, destroy missiles and their trajectories as they descend from space.
HAARP can steer and control the weather by altering solar absorption, alter and manipulate people’s moods states, the military have deep knowledge of how to manipulate brain waves through these electromagnetic frequencies, and perform tomography; mineral exploration below the earth’s surface (oil companies certainly have a vested interest in this technology).
Billions of watts of power, HAARP is immensely powerful and has the capabilities of a nuclear bomb.
If our military were doing their jobs they would disable and destroy this destructive and deadly weapon used against peoples and it’s nations. The deadly consequences of this runaway train are played down and minimized by military and government simply stating “it’s a research project”.
Everyone needs to understand the monolith of disaster and manipulation we are dealing with.
"The Microsoft founder recently announced plans to invest $300,000 into research at the University of Calgary for unique solutions and responses to climate change.
Part of that research included lab tests on machines that suck up seawater and spray it into the air, seeding white clouds that reflect rays of sunlight away from Earth.
Silver Lining’s floating machines can suck up ten tons of water per second. If all goes well, Silver Lining plans to test the process with 10 ships spread throughout 3800 square miles of ocean..“
By the way, that was seven years ago, in 2010. Do such weather-generating fleets already exist? If so, they’ve been kept very quiet.
Another popular site that reports on Geoengineering, by the way, is Geoengineering Watch by Dane Wigington. Very informative and interesting. Check it out.
The History of Hurricanes Shows That Mother Nature Generates Them Without any Human Engineering at All
Creating rainfall, however, is a far cry from generating a hurricane and steering it onto an intended target. That idea would likely be considered outlandish by meteorologists and scientists.
The far more likely explanation, of course, is that the coriolus effect - a derivative of a spinning globe - causes rotational forces in the atmosphere that spin storm systems one way in the Northern hemisphere and the opposite way in the Southern hemisphere. (That’s why hurricanes look like opposites of each other when comparing Northern vs. Southern hemisphere storms.)
Solar-heated ocean water results in large-scale water evaporation, saturating the air with vapor. That vapor condenses due to changes in temperature or pressure, causing the formation of water droplets which are now heavier than air and therefore fall to the ground. With enough solar energy, natural forces can generate truly catastrophic storms.
To think that every major storm is a “weather weapon” generated by a nefarious operation seems far-fetched to me. But then again, so does Al Gore and all his nonsense prognostications from his quack science Church of Climatology. Nevertheless, “altering” or “steering” hurricanes is technically a far easier task than generating them wholesale.
What some of the weather wars people are saying is not that the hurricanes are generated wholly by artificial systems but rather that they are “steered” or “influenced” in terms of their direction or intensity. Is that really possible? Multiple patents obviously say it is, and the U.S. patent office didn’t reject those patents, interestingly.
On the other side of the argument, history has recorded dozens of hurricanes striking Gulf Coast regions over the last century. Most of these hurricanes took place long before the rise of modern technology or exotic weather modification capabilities. So how are all these hurricanes explained? (Answer: Natural phenomena.)
Conclusion: Keep Asking Questions and Stay Curious, But Also Think Critically
My conclusion in all this? Creative, critical thinking is a healthy practice, and I always encourage people to keep asking questions and challenge official explanations for everything. We do know we’re all constantly lied to by the fake news media about almost everything, from vaccines to economics to history.
And don’t forget the “Russia! Russia! Russia!” conspiracy theory that’s been pushed by the fake news media for the last 18 months, based on absolutely nothing but faked sources and shoddy journalism.
If there’s anything I can say about the weather wars websites and commentators, it’s that I applaud all efforts to challenge current paradigms with clear thinking, and I readily admit I’m no expert in weather modification technology.
Perhaps there are things I will learn in the future that will change my own view on this subject. Until then, I hope to encourage critical thinking about everything, which means that I don’t believe anything by default.
The mainstream media is lying to us all the time. Most of what’s labeled “mainstream science” is often just a consensus collection of corporation-induced lies. Mainstream medicine is a corruption racket shrouded in fake science and media propaganda.
You are right to question everything for the simple reason that almost everything you’re told is complete bulls##t. Yet that doesn’t justify believing every alternative theory, either.
You need to think critically about which theories you believe vs. reject. For example, I’ve publicly stated that the Flat Earth theorists are flat-out wrong (although they do offer a fun thought experiment to play with).
I also think Ray Kurzweil’s singularity is a misguided pipe dream rooted in self-delusion and an unhealthy God complex.
Can hurricanes be artificially generated in totality? Almost certainly not. Can they be steered into intended targets? It seems incredibly unlikely, but within the realm of technical feasibility. Does weather modification technology exist? Absolutely, yes. But that doesn’t mean that every weather event is a nefarious plot.
We live on a dynamic, chaotic planet that’s home to all sorts of bizarre natural phenomena. Although I know as a fact that the status quo can fake the news, brainwash the masses and pull off massive false flag events, I very much doubt they can fake entire hurricanes.
Do you have a different take on all this? Do your research. Think critically. Don’t believe everything you read, view or hear. Most importantly, make up your own mind and don’t let the establishment tell you what’s true, because the establishment is lying to you about almost everything.
Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?
Notice to readers: The usage of the term false flag does not mean that the hurricane that has hit Texas did not happen. The hurricane is clearly real.
The term false flag in this article refers to this event being created or manufactured for a specific purpose (to create fear, destruction and trauma). Prayers go out to all who have been affected by this event.
Combine weather modification and astrological timing and the result is what has just happened in and around Houston, Texas with Hurricane Harvey.
Astrologer Laura Walker, the owner of OracleReport.com has once again accurately predicted a major event that is being labeled a false flag.
On Friday August 25th, 2017, Laura noted that because Saturn was stationing direct (and conjunct the Black Moon) and that the Moon was conjunct Jupiter and in a square to Pluto, there was potential for false flag rituals over the coming couple days. She explained further, “These planets are all in hard aspect to the Eris Point, making false flag potential strong, but the power of rebirth even stronger.”
Backing up to August 1st, 2017, Laura was on Phoenix Rising Radio and highlighted the eastern part of Texas by saying, “in the United States, the conjunction (of the Sun and Moon at the time of the eclipse) goes right through the mid to Eastern part of Texas. So that means a lot of energy will be focused there. ”
Since the astrocartographic location of the new moon was near Houston, it is not a surprise that this event took place exactly there. This is occult astrology being used for a dark purpose
Then today on August 28th, 2017, Laura put out a special note in her daily update that details much more on why she believes this is a weather modification false flag event that was used ritualistically in accordance to the astrology taking place at this time:
"As expected, we are witnessing and experiencing the archontic tantrum-response to the stellar harmonics of the Total Solar Eclipse/New Moon one week ago.
The Sun bathed the highest octaves of love and renewal (recall that the eclipse occurred at the degree of “a mermaid emerges from the ocean ready for rebirth in human form”).
Source is telling the archons that they are loved and to return home, but the archons do not want to hear it (their ego-centric hive mind perceives it as oblivion, for now). Look at how archons are going wild, individually and collectively. Pretty much everyone has a dramatic story of their own or someone they know since the eclipse.
All of this is happening very fast. Remember that solar eclipses make things start happening at a rapid clip.
The eclipse’s energetic was epic, and the archons countered on Friday, as the Crescent Moon phase (challenge to keep going) began. Saturn (home of archontic energies) stationed direct conjunct the Black Moon (shadow, rebirth), aspecting the Eris Point (false flags, rebirth, revolt) along with the Moon and Pluto. (see Friday’s post for more details).
Harvey is the false flag that was predicted. It is a false flag against Mother Nature. Make no mistake. This storm is anything but natural.
We are beyond the debate of the science and reality of geo-engineering and the ability to control weather.
Storms can be extinguished just as easily as they can be created or amplified. This technology has been used since at least the Vietnam War era.
Monstrous hurricanes like Katrina and Harvey are summoned when they are needed for various purposes. Most all of the hurricanes of recent years have been “busted” before they did much damage. They weren’t needed. In fact, the lack of storms helped maintain the status quo.
The archons expended a lot of stored (and specific) resources (seeded by ancient cultures of present day Mexico and the Yucatan Peninsula) to make Harvey. This process began back at the Full Moon/Partial Lunar Eclipse on August 7.
The key thing to see here is that stored resources had to be expended. Those resources are finite, like fuel. The archons will never be able to produce this kind of thing ever again.
They had an unprecedented energetic with which to work (the natural electromagnetics of the Total Solar Eclipse/New Moon that remain in effect all month combined with the Saturn-Black Moon conjunction).
The archons were so pummeled by the Sun at the eclipse that they had to expend precious and ancient resources to “stay alive.”
They are “attacking” the psyche of humanity, and hoping to suck from America as much pain and suffering (as much trauma response) as 9/11 and Katrina as possible.
Our response should not come from the place of victimhood. If we accept the narrative, we are victims (and angry at Mother Nature). If we question the data, we see through the veil.
The only way to honor this tragedy is to be brave enough to seek the truth about it. Hearts and prayers continue to go out to my beloved Texas and to the fellowship of humanity.“
To reiterate what Laura wrote: We must have the courage to look for the truth in this event and must stay in a place of empowerment, while sending love and light to all affected by this event.
Quantum physics tells us how powerful our minds are as individuals and as a collective. Let’s send strong, loving, healing energy there to all affected by this event.
What is interesting to also note is that this event has taken place in attempts to subvert movements of peace that were associated with this eclipse.
The attempts will fail. Peace, truth and love are indeed spreading and will only accelerate with the outpouring of love and prayers being sent to all affected by Hurricane Harvey.
For more information on the astrological significance of this event, take a closer look at the links cited in here or visit OracleReport.com
Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People
& Cartels That Run The World August 27 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / JonRappoport
In the West “conspiracy theory” is the name given to explanations that differ from those that serve the ruling oligarchy, the establishment or whatever we want to call those who set and control the agendas and the explanations that support the agendas.
The explanations imposed on us by the ruling class are themselves conspiracy theories. Moreover, they are conspiracy theories designed to hide the real conspiracy that our rulers are operating.
For example, the official explanation of 9/11 is a conspiracy theory. Some Muslims, mainly Saudi Arabians, delivered the greatest humiliation to a superpower since David slew Goliath.
They outsmarted all 17 US intelligence agencies and those of NATO and Israel, the National Security Council, the Transportation Safety Administration, Air Traffic Control, and Dick Cheney, hijacked four US airliners on one morning, brought down three World Trade Center skyscrapers, destroyed that part of the Pentagon where research was underway into the missing $2.3 trillion, and caused the morons in Washington to blame Afghanistan instead of Saudi Arabia.
Clearly, the Saudia Arabians who humiliated Ameria were involved in a conspiracy to do so. Is it a believable conspiracy?
The ability of a few young Muslim men to pull off such a feat is unbelievable. Such total failure of the US National Security State means that America was blindly vulnerable throughout the decades of Cold War with the Soviet Union. If such total failure of the National Security State had really occurred, the White House and Congress would have been screaming for an investigation.
People would have been held accountable for the long chain of security failures that allowed the plot to succeed. Instead, no one was even reprimanded, and the White House resisted all efforts for an investigation for a year. Finally, to shut up the 9/11 families, a 9/11 Commission was convened. The commission duly wrote down the government’s story and that was the “investigation.”
Moreover, there is no evidence to support the official conspiracy theory of 9/11. Indeed, all known evidence contradicts the official conspiracy theory.
For example, it is a proven fact that Building 7 came down at freefall acceleration, which means it was wired for demolition. Why was it wired for demolition? There is no official answer to this question.
It is the known evidence provided by scientists, architects, engineers, pilots, and the first responders who were in the twin towers and personally experienced the numerous explosions that brough down the towers that is described as a conspiracy theory.
The CIA introduced the term “conspiracy theory” into public discourse as part of its action plan to discredit skeptics of the Warren Commission report on the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.
Any explanation other than the one handed down, which is contradicted by all known evidence, was debunked as a conspiracy theory.
Conspiracy theories are the backbone of US foreign policy. For example, the George W. Bush regime was active in a conspiracy against Iraq and Saddam Hussein.
The Bush regime created fake evidence of Iraqi “weapons of mass destruction,” sold the false story to a gullible world and used it to destroy Iraq and murder its leader. Similarly, Gaddafi was a victim of an Obama/Hillary conspiracy to destroy Libya and murder Gaddafi. Assad of Syria and Iran were slated for the same treatment until the Russians intervened.
Currently, Washington is engaged in conspiracies against Russia, China, and Venezuela. Proclaiming a non-existant “Iranian threat,” Washington put US missiles on Russia’s border and used the “North Korean threat” to put missiles on China’s border.
The democratically elected leader of Venezuela is said by Washington to be a dictator, and sanctions have been put on Venezuela to help the small Spanish elite through whom Washington has traditionally ruled South American countries pull off a coup and reestablish US control over Venezuela.
Everyone is a threat: Venezuela, Yemen, Syria, Iran, Iraq, Aghanistan, tribes in Pakistan, Libya, Russia, China, North Korea, but never Washington. The greatest conspiracy theory of our time is that Americans are surrounded by foreign threats. We are not even safe from Venezuela,
The New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, NPR, and the rest of the presstitutes are quick to debunk as conspiracy theories all explanations that differ from the explanations of the ruling interests that the presstitutes serve.
Yet, as I write and for some nine months to date, the presstitute media has itself been promoting the conspiracy theory that Donald Trump was involved in a conspiracy with the president of Russia and Russian intelligence services to hack the US presidential election and place Trump, a Russian agent, in the White House.
This conspiracy theory has no evidence whatsoever. It doesn’t need evidence, because it serves the interests of the military/security complex, the Democratic Party, the neoconservatives, and permits the presstitutes to show lavish devotion to their masters. By endless repetition a lie becomes truth.
There is a conspiracy, and it is against the Western people. Their jobs have been offshored in order to enrich the already rich. They have been forced into debt in a futile effort to maintain their living standards. Their effort to stem their decline by electing leaders who spoke for them is being subverted before their eyes by an utterly corrupt media and ruling class.
Sooner or later it will dawn on them that there is nothing they can do but violently revolt. Most likely, by the time they reach this conclusion it will be too late. Westerners are very slow to escape from the false reality in which they live. Westerners are a thoroughly brainwashed people who hold tightly to their false life within The Matrix.
For the gullible and naive who have been brainwashed into believing that any explanation that differs from the officially-blessed one is a conspiracy theory, there are available online long lists of government conspiracies that succeeded in deceiving the people in order that the governments could achieve agendas that the people would have rejected.
If liberty continues to exist on earth, it will not be in the Western world. It will be in Russia and China, countries that emerged out of the opposite and know the value of liberty, and it will be in those South American countries, such as Venezuela, Ecuador, and Bolivia that fight for their sovereignty against American oppression.
Indeed, as historians unconcerned with their careers are beginning to write, the primary lesson in history is that governments deceive their peoples.
Everywhere in the Western world, government is a conspiracy against the people.
Cartels That Run The World
The following information comes from insider interviews with Ellis Medavoy and Richard Bell, two people I interview extensively in my collection, The Matrix Revealed. This is just a brief taste of what they have to say…
Major institutions on this planet that control Military, Money, Energy, Government, Medical, Corporate, Media, and Education are becoming, more and more, global cartels, horizontally integrated across national borders.
This is more than a top-down command process. It’s organically evolving. Three steps forward, two steps back. There is a great deal of competition among the components of a given cartel, but there is also cooperation. And in the long run, the see-saw is tipping in the direction of cooperation, as these entities realize they may well have more to gain that way.
I can’t stress too strongly this EVOLVING process. All attempts to merely assume twelve men in a room run the planet fall woefully short.
Instead, over time, people who lead a powerful institution (like Energy, for example) look out and recognize more major players, and in this recognition there is an impulse to compete and win and destroy, but there is also an impulse to build commonality and therefore monopolize the entire territory.
During one conversation with retired master propagandist Ellis Medavoy, I asked him about the extent of mutual cooperation in his given field, psychological warfare. He responded:
“Twenty years ago, I would have said we were all operating separately and jealously. Each of us was mining his own contacts and building his false pictures of reality for the masses. But then things began to change. Globally. First of all, more of us were pushing the same holograms.
And because communication and travel were speeding up so rapidly, we were working a lot of the same venues. We would run into each other more often. We began to share information. I mean, it was cautious. We weren’t gushing with unbridled love, I assure you. The competitive factor was still strong. And we had fights.
But through all that, we began to see through the fog, so to speak. We began to understand the effectiveness of cooperating. We would test each other with privileged information, to see if we could trust each other to keep it private. A tidbit here, a tidbit there.
And you see, behind us, other groups were finding commonality, too. For example, in the area of medical propaganda, where I operated a lot of the time. And these groups saw they could join together for specific operations, on an international scale.
They could push enormous lies globally, and everyone of their class would profit and gain wider control. So I would find myself working with a psy warfare guy from, say, France, or Germany in a joint venture. We would rub elbows. We’d be feeding from the same basic money trough.
We’d both be briefed by a team of intelligence experts, and those experts would be of several nationalities. Slowly, I saw a new kind of umbrella structure emerging.
See, suppose during the secret lead-up to a planned economic crisis [money cartel], you can distract everybody with a phony epidemic [medical cartel]. Do you see? Leaders perceive a reason to cooperate. Planners become more intelligent and clever. They reach across lines they never would have reached across before…
You begin to see the outlines of a much more inclusive future structure. This is multi-front warfare.”
Richard Bell, another former insider, said to me:
“People like to assume that money is everything. If you can limit the amount of money the public has, eventually they weaken and cave in and they’re easier to control. And this is certainly true.
But on the other hand, as mega-corporations gain more power and range and markets, you have a clash, because those corporations, which are now cooperating in ways they never have, as a cartel in some respects, want customers for their products.
They don’t want abject poverty across the board. People have to be able to buy their products.
“So there is a heavy conflict. It’s a conflict between elite bankers [money cartel] and mega-corporations [corporation cartel]. It needs to be resolved through advance planning, over the long term.
So now you have these powerful men sitting down and talking in a new way. Other big-time players get involved, too [government, media, energy cartels, for example].”
This is just the beginning of what these people have to say about the Matrix in their interviews and how it really works.
Pope Francis’ Vatican: A Cesspool Of Pedophiles And Homosexuals August 27 2017 | From: In a sobering message at the funeral of Cardinal Joachim Meisner on July 15, 2017, Pope Emeritus Benedict XVI described the Catholic Church as a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing.”
Cardinal Meisner was one of four Catholic clergymen who wrote a letter (dubia) to Pope Francis asking him to clarify his Amoris Laetitia apostolic exhortation that can be understood as giving permission to civilly-divorced-and-remarried Catholics (and therefore living in adultery, according to the Church) as well as unmarried cohabiting Catholics (i.e., living in fornication) to receive Holy Communion.
Reportedly, Francis published the exhortation despite having received corrections from theologians. Months after Meisner et al. sent Francis their letter, the pope still has not responded.
If the Church is a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing,” then Pope Francis’ Vatican is already submerged - in a cesspool of child porn, child rape, homosexual sex-and-drug orgy, and an in-your-face homoerotic church mural.
Michael Stone reports for Patheos, Oct. 3, 2014, that police found more than 100,000 child porn videos and photos on the computer of former Archbishop Jozef Wesolowski in his office at the Holy See diplomatic compound in the Dominican Republic. Wesolowski was the Vatican’s papal nuncio or ambassador in Santo Domingo.
Under house arrest at the Vatican, Wesolowski is also accused of raping numerous children in the Dominican Republic and Poland, and is one of the highest-ranking church officials to be accused of sexually abusing children during the Catholic Church’s widespread and costly sexual abuse scandal.
Wesolowski is also suspected of having sexually abused children while serving in other posts during his career - in South Africa, Costa Rica, Japan, Switzerland, India and Denmark.
After being publicly accused of procuring child prostitutes in 2013, Vatican officials secretly removed Wesolowski from his post as papal nuncio in Santo Domingo so as to avoid criminal prosecution.
In September 2014, Weslowski was placed under house arrest at the Vatican in response to popular outrage after reports began to circulate that the accused child rapist was free to wander the streets of Rome.
Authorities in both the Dominican Republic and Poland - Wesolowski’s country of origin where he has also been accused of sexually abusing children - want him extradicted to face criminal charges.
According to Vatican detectives, some of the horrors found on the former Archbishop’s computer included around 160 videos showing teenage boys forced to perform sexual acts on themselves and on adults, and more than 86,000 pornographic photos methodically archived in several category-based folders.
At least another 45,000 pictures were deleted, while even more child pornography was found on a laptop Wesolowski used during his trips abroad.
Wesolowski was charged with sexually abusing minors and child porn possession; if convicted, he would face 12 years in jail. Scheduled for July 11, 2015, his trial was postponed because of an “unexpected illness”. On August 27, 2015, Wesołowski was found dead in his residence from a heart attack. (Wikipedia)
More recently, another high-ranking Vatican official was charged with sexual assault.
The New York Post reports that on June 22, 2017, Australian police charged Cardinal George Pell - Pope Francis’ chief financial adviser and Australia’s most senior Catholic - with multiple counts of “historical sexual assault offenses,” meaning offenses that generally occurred some time ago. Police gave no other details.
Pell, the highest-ranking Vatican official to ever be charged in the church’s long-running sexual abuse scandal, had also been accused of mishandling cases of clergy abuse when he was archbishop of Melbourne and, later, Sydney. He has denied all abuse allegations.
Meanwhile, the AP reports that, ignoring advice from the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, “Pope Francis has quietly reduced sanctions against a handful of pedophile priests, applying his vision of a merciful church even to its worst offenders in ways that survivors of abuse and the pope’s own advisers question.”
At least one case has come back to bite Francis:
“An Italian priest who received the pope’s clemency was later convicted by an Italian criminal court for his sex crimes against children as young as 12. The Rev. Mauro Inzoli is now facing a second church trial after new evidence emerged against him”.
2. Homosexual Cocaine Orgy
In late June, 2017, Vatican police raided a cocaine-fueled gay-sex party at the apartment of Monsignor Luigi Capozzi, 49 - the secretary of one of Pope Francis’ key advisers and president of the Vatican’s Pontifical Council for Legislative Texts, Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio.
Ironically, the apartment is in a building right next to St. Peter’s Basilica, which belongs to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith - the arm charged with tackling clerical sex abuse. As such, the building enjoys the extraterritorial rights of the Vatican, unchecked by the Italian State.
After neighbors complained repeatedly about constant comings and goings of visitors to the building during all hours of the night, Vatican police raided the apartment and found multiple men engaged in rampant drug use and homosexual activity.
Police arrested Capozzi, whom Italian media called an “ardent supporter of Pope Francis,” after taking him to a clinic to detox from the cocaine he’d ingested. Capozzi is now on a spiritual retreat in an undisclosed convent in Italy. Despite his arrest, he is still listed as an active staff member on the website of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts.
Capozzi, who on his LinkedIn page calls himself an “expert in canon law and dogmatic theology,” managed to evade suspicion from Italian police by using a BMW luxury car with license plates of the Holy See, which made him practically immune to stops and searches.
This privilege, usually reserved for high-ranking prelates, allowed the monsignor to transport cocaine for his frequent homosexual orgies without being stopped by the Italian police.
In response to the news of the police raid, Pope Francis decided to “accelerate” the retirement of Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio. At age 79, Coccopalmerio is way beyond the age of retirement of 75, but was kept on by Francis. Incredibly, Coccopalmerio had recommended Capozzi for a promotion to bishop, despite Capozzi’s previous alleged drug overdoses.
Coccopalmerio, as President of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts, is the Vatican’s top canonical official and one of Pope Francis’ closest collaborators and ardent supporters. Earlier this year, the Vatican’s publishing house released with much fanfare a book by Coccopalmeiro that defended Francis’s Amoris Laetitia, even though it contradicted perennial Catholic teaching.
In a 2014 interview with Rossoporpora, Coccopalmerio said that while homosexual relationships are deemed “illicit” by the Church, Catholic leaders, such as himself, must “emphasize” the “positive realities” that he said are present in homosexual relationships:
“But if I see that the two persons truly love each other, do acts of charity to those in need, for example … then I can also say that, although the relationship remains illicit, positive elements also emerge in the two persons. Instead of closing our eyes to such positive realities, I emphasize them.”
Michael Hichborn, president of the U.S.-based Lepanto Institute, said he highly suspects Coccopalmerio knew of his secretary’s homosexual cocaine orgies:
“Given the monitoring and whispering that goes on in the Vatican, it is unlikely to the point of absurdity that Cardinal Coccopalmerio was unaware of Msgr. Capozzi’s disgusting activities.
In fact, when we consider the 300-page document on the homosexual lobby that was handed to Pope Benedict XVI just before he resigned, the probability is that many who work in the Vatican were fully aware of what Capozzi was doing, and that such activities are taking place among other clergy as well.”
Hichborn said that the homosexual orgy happening right next to St. Peter’s is indicative that the Vatican is “ground zero for a mass apostasy that is happening right now within the Catholic Church.” Hichborn said that the Church’s enemies are now trying to destroy her from within:
“We know for a fact that Communists and homosexuals were specifically recruited as far back as the 1920’s to infiltrate seminaries. It was a concerted effort to destroy the Church from within. What we are seeing is the culmination of nearly 100 years worth of this effort playing itself out.”
In March 2017, reports surfaced that Archbishop Vincenzo Paglia, in 2007 when he was a diocesan bishop, had commissioned a homosexual artist to paint a gigantic blasphemous homoerotic mural in his cathedral church of the Diocese of Terni-Narni-Amelia in Umbria, central Italy.
The mural that covers the opposite side of the facade of the church portrays Jesus carrying nets to heaven filled with writhing naked and semi-nude homosexuals, transsexuals, prostitutes, and drug dealers.
The image of the archbishop himself is depicted among those in the nets.
Archbishop Paglia defended the muraldeemed by Catholic critics to be “blasphemous” and “disgusting,” as well as “demonic,” saying it was part of a commitment to evangelizing. Regarding his inclusion in the mass of nude bodies shown in the mural, he said, “I too am included in the mural as one who needs redemption no less than anyone else.”
Not coincidentally, Paglia also defended Pope Francis’ Amoris Laetitia on allowing adulterers and others living in mortal sin receive the Eucharist, which reinforces the suspicion of many that the real intent of Amoris Laetitia ultimately is to legitimate homosexuality.
Commenting on the cesspool in the Vatican, Riposte Catholiqueobserves:
“One thinks one is dreaming: in the most deplorable of ways, the Rome of today seems to have fallen lower than the Rome of the Borgias.”
In a talk given in Washington D.C. last October, the orthodox Bishop Athanasius Schneider of Kazakhstan points out that where there is heresy, there is also sexual immorality because “heresy” always goes hand-in-hand with an “unchaste life”.
No wonder some Catholics call Jorge Bergoglio (Pope Francis is his job title) an anti-Pope.
No wonder U.S. Catholic congregations are aging and dying off. At least 60% of most congregations today are over 65 years of age. (Catholic Journal)
Reporter Who Exposed BBC Pedophilia Cover Up Found Dead August 26 2017 | From: NewsPunch
Liz MacKean, the former British investigative reporter who exposed Jimmy Savile and the culture of pedophile protection at the BBC, has been found dead. She was 52.
MacKean worked at the BBC until she quit in 2013 after executives decided to ban her groundbreaking and brave investigation into predatory pedophile Jimmy Savile in order to protect him and other pedophiles.
The BBC, who blocked her groundbreaking investigation from airing and spent the next few years attempting to destroy her reputation, are reporting that she died of “complications from a stroke.”
Acknowledging her life was under threat during the time she was investigating Savile and BBC elites, MacKean said her conscience left her no option but to pursue the truth and expose the culture of pedophila. The mother of two children believed it was her duty.
When it became public that BBC News blocked her investigation from airing, she admitted on Panorama: “I was very unhappy the story didn’t run because I felt we’d spoken to people who collectively deserved to be heard. And they weren’t heard.
“I thought that that was a failure… I felt we had a responsibility towards them. We got them to talk to us, but above all, we did believe them. And so then, for their stories not to be heard, I felt very bad about that. I felt, very much, that I’d let them down.”
Big Name Stars
Liz MacKean is the second high profile BBC journalist to die in suspicious circumstances after attempting to expose the truth about the pedophile ring operating in the upper reaches of the establishment. Jill Dando, former Crimewatch host, also tried to alert her bosses to the pedophile ring at the BBC, warning that “big name” stars were implicated.
Jill Dando, who was 37, was shot dead on April 26, 1999 on the doorstep of her West London home in a crime that still remains unsolved.
Before she died, Dando had passed a file to senior management in the mid-1990s, proving that big name BBC stars, including Savile, were involved in a pedophile ring, but senior management chose to cover up the child abuse rather than organize and investigation.
“No one wanted to know” when Dando raised concerns about the alleged ring and other sexual abuse claims at the BBC, according to a former colleague and friend.
“I don’t recall the names of all the stars now and don’t want to implicate anyone, but Jill said they were surprisingly big names.
“I think she was quite shocked when told about images of children and that information on how to join this horrible paedophile ring was freely available.
“Jill said others had complained to her about sexual matters and that some female workmates also claimed they had been groped or assaulted.
“Nothing had been done and there seemed to be a policy of turning a blind eye.”
The former colleague said female BBC staff confided in Jill, one of the best-known TV faces of the day after fronting primetime shows including Holiday and the Six O’Clock News as well as Crimewatch.’
The source said: “I think it was in the mid-1990s. She was seen as the face of the BBC and a magnet for women with problems.”
It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984... August 26 2017 | From: TruthstreamMedia
Google is actually stepping into the role of 1984's 'Ministry of Truth'.
New internal guidelines to filter search results of web pages - based upon "well established historical and scientific facts".
In other words, any website offering any information that contradicts the "official line" will be demoted in sear rankings.
Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour August 25 2017 | From: VinnyEastwood If anyone reading this still does not understand how the 'two party' "democratic" system in Western countries really works and what their objectives are; then Vinny Eastwood does a pretty bang-up job of succinctly laying it out.
He is somwhat of a drama queen (and he erroneously, albeit genuinely believes that he and he alone constitues the entirety of the independent news efforts in New Zealand), however the message is on point and quite significant...
Twelve Days Before The 2008 'GFC' "Crash", The US Congress Was Secretly Told To Sell Off Their Stocks August 25 2017 | From: DailyAlternative
In 2015 it was reported that less than two weeks before the economic collapse of 2008, several members of Congress took their money out of the stock market.
Many high ranking government employees were given a heads-up about the impending market crash in secret meetings with the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department. Then they used that information to engage in insider trading.
It was revealed that Senator Shelley Capito and her husband sold $350,000 worth of Citigroup stock at $83 per share, just one day before the stock dropped to $64 per share.
Another shady trader was Congressman Jim Moran, who had his biggest trading day of the year days after the secret meeting, sellings stock in nearly 100 different companies.
These actions would be illegal for any American in any other circumstance, but members of Congress and high-ranking government officials are actually exempt from insider trading laws.
Years later, a 60 minutes investigation aired on television which highlighted the government’s deep history of insider trading.
The investigation sparked outrage, prompting Congress to pass “the STOCK Act” which was said to hold members of the government to the same standards as any American when it came to insider trading.
However, Congress watered down the bill and changed key elements that would hold them accountable, allowing them to return to business as usual, and escape any consequences for their prior crimes.
In an interview during the 60 minutes investigation, Peter Schweizer of the Hoover Institute told Steve Kroft that:
“It’s really the way the rules have been defined. And the people who make the rules are the political class in Washington and they’ve conveniently written them in such a way that they don’t apply to themselves.
These meetings were so sensitive – that they would actually confiscate cell phones and Blackberries going into those meetings.
What we know is that those meetings were held one day and literally the next day Congressman Bachus would engage in buying stock options based on apocalyptic briefings he had the day before from the Fed chairman and treasury secretary. I mean, talk about a stock tip,” he added.
Since it was passed, the STOCK Act has been more or less worthless. Whenever a politician is accused of anything, they are defended by other politicians and the investigation is immediately stonewalled.
For example, a former staffer for the House Ways and Means Committee, Brian Stutter was guilty of insider trading. However, he avoided charges because House Speaker John Boehner refused to hand over the evidence, and claimed that Sutter had legal immunity.
It seems that the world operates on two different sets of laws – one set for those who claim to rule us, and another for everyone else.
Steve Bannon Speaks After White House Departure: ‘I’m Going To War For Trump’ August 23 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various Former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon isn’t going anywhere anytime soon. In fact, the 63-year-old Virginia native is gearing up to defend President Trump against forces he believes are the enemies of America.
In an interview with Bloomberg News, Bannon issued the following warning:
“If there’s any confusion out there, let me clear it up: I’m leaving the White House and going to war for Trump against his opponents - on capitol hill, in the media, and in corporate America,” Bannon said Friday in an interview hours after his departure was announced by the administration.
While reports of now former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon leaving the Trump administration have been circulating for months, Friday was the day those rumors became reality.
While Breitbart News is reportedly plotting to go ‘thermonuclear’ against ‘globalists’ inside the Trump administration, Bannon may be personally gearing up to take on the Drudge Report’s Matt Drudge.
“Sources who have spoken to Bannon say the nationalist firebrand is expected to return to his old news site Breitbart. And one person close to Bannon says he has his eye on who he believes helped accelerate his ouster: Matt Drudge.
“Matt Drudge worked to remove Steve Bannon, that is the reality,” said former Trump campaign adviser Sam Nunberg, who regularly talks with Bannon.
“And I hope Matt is happy because his work helped Bannon not be in the West Wing, but it helped Democrats and people that didn’t vote for Trump be in the West Wing.”
Nunberg is specifically frustrated with the continued presence and influence of chief economic adviser Gary Cohn, National Security Adviser HR McMaster, and the duo he derisively calls Javanka, Jared Kushner and Ivanka Trump. Bannon has openly feuded with Cohn, and Breitbart has for weeks been waging a battle against McMaster.
Kushner developed a relationship with Drudge dating back to the campaign, and Bannon allies also blame the son-in-law for his ouster. People close to Bannon say Bannon privately hoped Kushner would “go down” over the intensifying Russia investigation.
But a source close to Kushner said anyone who thinks you can tell Matt Drudge what to do and have influence over him does not understand Matt Drudge.
Media relationships are important in the White House, Nunberg said, and the fact that Drudge hasn’t given Breitbart a hyperlink in months and didn’t like Bannon hurt him."
“It’s not lost on Steve or Breitbart staff that Drudge was out for Steve,” Nunberg said.
False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread August 23 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various
Presidents, Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Generals, Spooks, Soldiers and Police Admit to False Flag Terror.
Although some have not, just quite yet:
Where are your wings, Mr "Airplane"?
In the following instances, officials in the government which carried out the attack (or seriously proposed an attack) admit to it, either orally, in writing, or through photographs or videos:
1) Japanese troops set off a small explosion on a train track in 1931, and falsely blamed it on China in order to justify an invasion of Manchuria. This is known as the “Mukden Incident” or the “Manchurian Incident”. The Tokyo International Military Tribunal found:
“Several of the participators in the plan, including Hashimoto [a high-ranking Japanese army officer], have on various occasions admitted their part in the plot and have stated that the object of the ‘Incident’ was to afford an excuse for the occupation of Manchuria by the Kwantung Army ….”
2) A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked several attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland.
The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]
The strategic railway at POSunka Pass (Jabłonków Incident), located on the border between Poland and Czechoslovakia
The German customs station at Hochlinden (today part of Rybnik-Stodoły)
The forest service station in Pitschen (Byczyna)
The communications station at Neubersteich (“Nieborowitzer Hammer” before 12 February 1936, now Kuznia Nieborowska)
The railroad station in Alt-Eiche (Smolniki), Rosenberg in Westpreußen district
A woman and her companion in Katowice
The details of the Gleiwitz radio station incident include:
“On the night of 31 August 1939, a small group of German operatives dressed in Polish uniforms and led by Naujocks seized the Gleiwitz station and broadcast a short anti-German message in Polish (sources vary on the content of the message). The Germans’ goal was to make the attack and the broadcast look like the work of anti-German Polish saboteurs.
To make the attack seem more convincing, the Germans used human corpses to pass them off as Polish attackers. They murdered Franciszek Honiok, a 43-year-old unmarried German Silesian Catholic farmer known for sympathizing with the Poles.
He had been arrested the previous day by the Gestapo. He was dressed to look like a saboteur, then killed by lethal injection, given gunshot wounds, and left dead at the scene so that he appeared to have been killed while attacking the station. His corpse was subsequently presented to the police and press as proof of the attack."
3) The minutes of the high command of the Italian government – subsequently approved by Mussolini himself – admitted that violence on the Greek-Albanian border was carried out by Italians and falsely blamed on the Greeks, as an excuse for Italy’s 1940 invasion of Greece.
4) Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building in 1933, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.
5) Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939 – while blaming the attack on Finland – as a basis for launching the “Winter War” against Finland.
Russian president Boris Yeltsin agreed that Russia had been the aggressor in the Winter War.
6) The Russian Parliament, current Russian president Putin and former Soviet leader Gorbachev all admit that Soviet leader Joseph Stalin ordered his secret police to execute 22,000 Polish army officers and civilians in 1940, and then falsely blamed it on the Nazis.
7) The British government admits that – between 1946 and 1948 – it bombed 5 ships carrying Jews who were Holocaust survivors attempting to flee to safety in Palestine right after World War II, set up a fake group called “Defenders of Arab Palestine”, and then had the psuedo-group falsely claim responsibility for the bombings (and see this, this and this).
8) Israel admits that in 1954, an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).
The U.S. Army does not believe this is an isolated incident. For example, the U.S. Army’s School of Advanced Military Studies said of Mossad (Israel’s intelligence service):
“Ruthless and cunning. Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a Palestinian/Arab act.”
9) The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950's to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.
10) The Turkish Prime Minister admitted that the Turkish government carried out the 1955 bombing on a Turkish consulate in Greece – also damaging the nearby birthplace of the founder of modern Turkey – and blamed it on Greece, for the purpose of inciting and justifying anti-Greek violence.
“Starting in the 1950s Turkey’s deep state sponsored killings, engineered riots, colluded with drug traffickers, staged “false flag” attacks and organised massacres of trade unionists. Thousands died in the chaos it fomented."
11) The British Prime Minister admitted to his defense secretary that he and American president Dwight Eisenhower approved a plan in 1957 to carry out attacks in Syria and blame it on the Syrian government as a way to effect regime change.
13) In 1960, American Senator George Smathers suggested that the U.S. launch “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]”.
A U.S. Navy HSS-1 Seabat helicopter hovers over Soviet submarine B-59, forced to the surface by U.S. Naval forces in the Caribbean near Cuba (October 28–29, 1962)
14) Official State Department documents show that, in 1961, the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country.
The plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.
15) As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in 1962, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba.
16) In 1963, the U.S. Department of Defense wrote a paper promoting attacks on nations within the Organization of American States – such as Trinidad-Tobago or Jamaica – and then falsely blaming them on Cuba.
17) The U.S. Department of Defense also suggested covertly paying a person in the Castro government to attack the United States:
“The only area remaining for consideration then would be to bribe one of Castro’s subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on Guantanamo.”
18) A U.S. Congressional committee admitted that – as part of its “Cointelpro” campaign – the FBI had used many provocateurs in the 1950s through 1970s to carry out violent acts and falsely blame them on political activists.
19) A top Turkish general admitted that Turkish forces burned down a mosque on Cyprus in the 1970s and blamed it on their enemy. He explained:
“In Special War, certain acts of sabotage are staged and blamed on the enemy to increase public resistance. We did this on Cyprus; we even burnt down a mosque.”
In response to the surprised correspondent’s incredulous look the general said, “I am giving an example”.
20) A declassified 1973 CIA document reveals a program to train foreign police and troops on how to make booby traps, pretending that they were training them on how to investigate terrorist acts:
“The Agency maintains liaison in varying degrees with foreign police/security organizations through its field stations ….
[CIA provides training sessions as follows:]
a. Providing trainees with basic knowledge in the uses of commercial and military demolitions and incendiaries as they may be applied in terrorism and industrial sabotage operations.
b. Introducing the trainees to commercially available materials and home laboratory techniques, likely to he used in the manufacture of explosives and incendiaries by terrorists or saboteurs.
c. Familiarizing the trainees with the concept of target analysis and operational planning that a saboteur or terrorist must employ.
d. Introducing the trainees to booby trapping devices and techniques giving practical experience with both manufactured and improvised devices through actual fabrication.
***
The program provides the trainees with ample opportunity to develop basic familiarity and use proficiently through handling, preparing and applying the various explosive charges, incendiary agents, terrorist devices and sabotage techniques."
21) The German government admitted (and see this) that, in 1978, the German secret service detonated a bomb in the outer wall of a prison and planted “escape tools” on a prisoner – a member of the Red Army Faction – which the secret service wished to frame the bombing on.
22) A Mossad agent admits that, in 1984, Mossad planted a radio transmitter in Gaddaffi’s compound in Tripoli, Libya which broadcast fake terrorist transmissions recorded by Mossad, in order to frame Gaddaffi as a terrorist supporter.
Ronald Reagan bombed Libya immediately thereafter.
23) The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him “to participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.
24) An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).
25) In 1993, a bomb in Northern Ireland killed 9 civilians. Official documents from the Royal Ulster Constabulary (i.e. the British government) show that the mastermind of the bombing was a British agent, and that the bombing was designed to inflame sectarian tensions. And see this and this.
26) The United States Army’s 1994 publication Special Forces Foreign Internal Defense Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Special Forces – updated in 2004 – recommends employing terrorists and using false flag operations to destabilize leftist regimes in Latin America.
False flag terrorist attacks were carried out in Latin America and other regions as part of the CIA’s “Dirty Wars“. And see this.
27) Similarly, a CIA “psychological operations” manual prepared by a CIA contractor for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels noted the value of assassinating someone on your own side to create a “martyr” for the cause.
The manual was authenticated by the U.S. government. The manual received so much publicity from Associated Press, Washington Post and other news coverage that – during the 1984 presidential debate – President Reagan was confronted with the following question on national television:
“At this moment, we are confronted with the extraordinary story of a CIA guerrilla manual for the anti-Sandinista contras whom we are backing, which advocates not only assassinations of Sandinistas but the hiring of criminals to assassinate the guerrillas we are supporting in order to create martyrs."
28) A Rwandan government inquiry admitted that the 1994 shootdown and murder of the Rwandan president, who was from the Hutu tribe – a murder blamed by the Hutus on the rival Tutsi tribe, and which led to the massacre of more than 800,000 Tutsis by Hutus – was committed by Hutu soldiers and falsely blamed on the Tutsi. [GR Editor:
This government report is contested. The alleged role of foreign powers in the shoot down is not acknowledged]
30) Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings in 1999 and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).
31) As reported by the New York Times, BBC and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that in 2001, the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.
They lured foreign migrants into the country, executed them in a staged gun battle, and then claimed they were a unit backed by Al Qaeda intent on attacking Western embassies”. Specifically, Macedonian authorities had lured the immigrants into the country, and then – after killing them – posed the victims with planted evidence – “bags of uniforms and semiautomatic weapons at their side” – to show Western diplomats.
32) At the July 2001 G8 Summit in Genoa, Italy, black-clad thugs were videotaped getting out of police cars, and were seen by an Italian MP carrying “iron bars inside the police station”.
Subsequently, senior police officials in Genoa subsequently admitted that police planted two Molotov cocktails and faked the stabbing of a police officer at the G8 Summit, in order to justify a violent crackdown against protesters.
Even after the 9/11 Commission admitted that there was no connection, Dick Cheneysaid that the evidence is “overwhelming” that al Qaeda had a relationship with Saddam Hussein’s regime, that Cheney “probably” had information unavailable to the Commission, and that the media was not ‘doing their homework’ in reporting such ties.
Top U.S. government officials now admit that the Iraq war was really launched for oil … not 9/11 or weapons of mass destruction.
Despite previous “lone wolf” claims, many U.S. government officials now say that 9/11 was state-sponsored terror; but Iraq was not the state which backed the hijackers. (Many U.S. officials have alleged that 9/11 was a false flag operation by rogue elements of the U.S. government; but such a claim is beyond the scope of this discussion. The key point is that the U.S. falsely blamed it on Iraq, when it knew Iraq had nothing to do with it.).
35) According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.
36) The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.
38) In 2003, the U.S. Secretary of Defense admitted that interrogators were authorized to use the following method:
“False Flag: Convincing the detainee that individuals from a country other than the United States are interrogating him.”
While not a traditional false flag attack, this deception could lead to former detainees – many of whom were tortured – attacking the country falsely blamed for the interrogation and torture.
39) Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization.
It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations. It could launchfake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”
40) Similarly, in 2005, Professor John Arquilla of the Naval Postgraduate School – a renowned US defense analyst credited with developing the concept of ‘netwar’ – called for western intelligence services to create new “pseudo gang” terrorist groups, as a way of undermining “real” terror networks.
According to Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh, Arquilla’s ‘pseudo-gang’ strategy was, Hersh reported, already being implemented by the Pentagon:
“Under Rumsfeld’s new approach, I was told, US military operatives would be permitted to pose abroad as corrupt foreign businessmen seeking to buy contraband items that could be used in nuclear-weapons systems.
In some cases, according to the Pentagon advisers, local citizens could be recruited and asked to join up with guerrillas or terrorists…
The new rules will enable the Special Forces community to set up what it calls ‘action teams’ in the target countries overseas which can be used to find and eliminate terrorist organizations.
‘Do you remember the right-wing execution squads in El Salvador?’ the former high-level intelligence official asked me, referring to the military-led gangs that committed atrocities in the early nineteen-eighties. ‘We founded them and we financed them,’ he said.
‘The objective now is to recruit locals in any area we want. And we aren’t going to tell Congress about it.’ A former military officer, who has knowledge of the Pentagon’s commando capabilities, said, ‘We’re going to be riding with the bad boys.’”
41) United Press International reported in June 2005:
“U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.
Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing. Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA.
Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance."
While none of the soldiers admitted that they were carrying out attacks, British soldiers and a column of British tanks stormed the jail they were held in, broke down a wall of the jail, and busted them out. The extreme measures used to free the soldiers – rather than have them face questions and potentially stand trial – could be considered an admission.
43) Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.
44) Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).
45) A 2008 US Army special operations field manual recommends that the U.S. military use surrogate non-state groups such as “paramilitary forces, individuals, businesses, foreign political organizations, resistant or insurgent organizations, expatriates, transnational terrorism adversaries, disillusioned transnational terrorism members, black marketers, and other social or political ‘undesirables.’”
The manual specifically acknowledged that U.S. special operations can involve both counterterrorism and “Terrorism” (as well as “transnational criminal activities, including narco-trafficking, illicit arms-dealing, and illegal financial transactions.”)
“He should do what I did when I was Minister of the Interior … infiltrate the movement with agents provocateurs inclined to do anything …. And after that, with the strength of the gained population consent, … beat them for blood and beat for blood also those teachers that incite them. Especially the teachers. Not the elderly, of course, but the girl teachers yes."
47) An undercover officer admitted that he infiltrated environmental, leftwing and anti-fascist groups in 22 countries.
Germany’s federal police chief admitted that – while the undercover officer worked for the German police – he acted illegally during a G8 protest in Germany in 2007 and committed arson by setting fire during a subsequent demonstration in Berlin. The undercover officer spent many years living with violent “Black Bloc” anarchists.
48) Denver police admitted that uniformed officers deployed in 2008 to an area where alleged “anarchists” had planned to wreak havoc outside the Democratic National Convention ended up getting into a melee with two undercover policemen.
The uniformed officers didn’t know the undercover officers were cops.
49) At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.
50) The oversight agency for the Royal Canadian Mounted Police admitted that – at the G20 protests in Toronto in 2010 – undercover police officers were arrested with a group of protesters.
Videos and photos (see this and this, for example) show that violent protesters wore very similar boots and other gear as the police, and carried police batons. The Globe and Mail reports that the undercover officers planned the targets for violent attack, and the police failed to stop the attacks.
51) Egyptian politicians admitted (and see this) that government employees looted priceless museum artifacts 2011 to try to discredit the protesters.
52) Austin police admit that 3 officers infiltrated the Occupy protests in that city.
Prosecutors admit that one of the undercover officers purchased and constructed illegal “lock boxes” which ended up getting many protesters arrested.
53) In 2011, a Colombian colonel admitted that he and his soldiers had lured 57 innocent civilians and killed them – after dressing many of them in uniforms – as part of a scheme to claim that Columbia was eradicating left-wing terrorists. And see this.
54) Rioters who discredited the peaceful protests against the swearing in of the Mexican president in 2012 admitted that they were paid 300 pesos each to destroy everything in their path.
According to Wikipedia, photos also show the vandals waiting in groups behind police lines prior to the violence.
55) On November 20, 2014, Mexican agent provocateurs were transported by army vehicles to participate in the 2014 Iguala mass kidnapping protests, as was shown by videos and pictures distributed via social networks.
56) The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – recently admitted that the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.
57) Two members of the Turkish parliament, high-level American sources and others admitted that the Turkish government – a NATO country – carried out the chemical weapons attacks in Syria and falsely blamed them on the Syrian government; and high-ranking Turkish government admitted on tape plans to carry out attacks and blame it on the Syrian government.
It’s gotten so ridiculous that a U.S. Senator has introduced a “Stop Arming Terrorists Act”, and U.S. Congresswoman – who introduced a similar bill in the House – says:
“For years, the U.S. government has been supporting armed militant groups working directly with and often under the command of terrorist groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda in their fight to overthrow the Syrian government.”
59) The Ukrainian security chief admits that the sniper attacks which started the Ukrainian coup were carried out in order to frame others. Ukrainian officials admit that the Ukrainian snipers fired on both sides, to create maximum chaos.
60) Speaking of snipers, in a secret recording, Venezuelan generals admit that they will deploy snipers to shoot protesters, but keep the marksmen well-hidden from demonstrator and the reporters covering the events so others would be blamed for the deaths.
61) Burmese government officials admitted that Burma (renamed Myanmar) used false flag attacks against Muslim and Buddhist groups within the country to stir up hatred between the two groups, to prevent democracy from spreading.
62) Israeli police were again filmed in 2015 dressing up as Arabs and throwing stones, then turning over Palestinian protesters to Israeli soldiers.
63) Britain’s spy agency has admitted (and see this) that it carries out “digital false flag” attacks on targets, framing people by writing offensive or unlawful material … and blaming it on the target.
64) The CIA has admitted that it uses viruses and malware from Russia and other countries to carry out cyberattacks and blame other countries.
65) U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants.
66) German prosecutors admit that a German soldier disguised himself as a Syrian refugee and planned to shoot people so that the attack would be blamed on asylum seekers.
67) Police frame innocent people for crimes they didn’t commit. The practice is so well-known that the New York Times noted in 1981:
“In police jargon, a throwdown is a weapon planted on a victim."
“Perez, himself a former [Los Angeles Police Department] cop, was caught stealing eight pounds of cocaine from police evidence lockers.
After pleading guilty in September, he bargained for a lighter sentence by telling an appalling story of attempted murder and a “throwdown” – police slang for a weapon planted by cops to make a shooting legally justifiable.
Perez said he and his partner, Officer Nino Durden, shot an unarmed 18th Street Gang member named Javier Ovando, then planted a semiautomatic rifle on the unconscious suspect and claimed that Ovando had tried to shoot themduring a stakeout."
“As part of his plea bargain, Pérez implicated scores of officers from the Rampart Division’s anti-gang unit, describing routinely beating gang members, planting evidence on suspects, falsifying reports and covering up unprovoked shootings."
68) A former U.S. intelligence officer recently alleged:
“Most terrorists are false flag terrorists or are created by our own security services.
69) The head and special agent in charge of the FBI’s Los Angeles office said that most terror attacks are committed by the CIA and FBI as false flags.
70) The Director of Analytics at the interagency Global Engagement Center housed at the U.S. Department of State, also an adjunct professor at George Mason University, where he teaches the graduate course National Security Challenges in the Department of Information Sciences and Technology, a former branch chief in the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center, and an intelligence advisor to the Secretary of Homeland Security (J.D. Maddox) notes:
“Provocation is one of the most basic, but confounding, aspects of warfare. Despite its sometimes obvious use, it has succeeded consistently against audiences around the world, for millennia, to compel war. A well-constructed provocation narrative mutes even the most vocal opposition.
***
The culmination of a strategic provocation operation invariably reflects a narrative of victimhood: we are the victims of the enemy’s unforgivable atrocities.
***
In the case of strategic provocation the deaths of an aggressor’s own personnel are a core tactic of the provocation.
***
The persistent use of strategic provocation over centuries – and its apparent importance to war planners – begs the question of its likely use by the US and other states in the near term."
71) Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the “benefits” of of false flags to justify their political agenda:
“Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.
– Adolph Hitler
“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …
Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”
– Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.
“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.
– Josef Stalin
Postscript 1: It is not just “modern” nations which have launched false flag attacks. For example, a Native American from one tribe (Pomunkey) murdered a white Englishwoman living in Virginia in 1697 and then falsely blamed it on second tribe (Piscataway).
But he later admitted in court that he was not really Piscataway, and that he had been paid by a provocateur from a third tribe (Iroquois) to kill the woman as a way to start a war between the English and the Piscataway, thus protecting the profitable Iroquois monopoly in trade with the English.
Postscript 2: On multiple occasions, atrocities or warmongering are falsely blamed on the enemy as a justification for war … when no such event ever occurred. This is more like a “fake flag” than a “false flag”, as no actual terrorism occurred.
For example:
The NSA admits that it lied about what really happened in the Gulf of Tonkin incident in 1964 … manipulating data to make it look like North Vietnamese boats fired on a U.S. ship so as to create a false justification for the Vietnam war
One of the central lies used to justify the 1991 Gulf War against Iraq after Iraq invaded Kuwait was the false statement by a young Kuwaiti girl that Iraqis murdered Kuwaiti babies in hospitals. Her statement was arranged by a Congressman who knew that she was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti Ambassador to the U.S. – who was desperately trying to lobby the U.S. to enter the war – but the Congressman hid that fact from the public and from Congress
Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Ron Suskind reported that the White House ordered the CIA to forge and backdate a document falsely linking Iraq with Muslim terrorists and 9/11 … and that the CIA complied with those instructions and in fact created the forgery, which was then used to justify war against Iraq. And see this and this
Time magazine points out that the claim by President Bush that Iraq was attempting to buy “yellow cake” Uranium from Niger had been checked out - and debunked - by U.S. intelligence a year before the President repeated it.
Everyone knew that Iraq didn’t have weapons of mass destruction. More
The “humanitarian” wars in Syria, Libya and Yugoslavia were all justified by highly exaggerated reports that the leaders of those countries were committing atrocities against their people. And see this
Afterword: The corporate media will likely never report on false flags … as it is ALWAYS pro-war.
The Individual Versus Globalism August 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport
“Global solution” means the individual is cut out of the equation, he doesn’t count, he doesn’t mean anything in the larger scheme of things, he’s just another pawn and cipher to move around on the board.
This is purposeful. This is the script for the future: create problems whose only solution appears to be collective.
Psychologically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually divert the individual’s attention from his own vision, his own profound desires, his own imagination - and place it within The Group (“all of humanity”).
Propagandize the idea that, if the individual concerns himself with anything other than The Group, he is selfish, greedy, inhumane. He is a criminal.
More and more, this is how the young are being trained these days.
The grand “we” is being sold to them like a cheap street drug. They buy in. They believe this “we” is real, instead of a hollow con designed to drag them into a Globalist framework owned and operated by mega-corporations, banks, foundations, governments, and ubiquitous Rockefeller interests.
And what of the individual, his mind, his unique perception, his independent ideas, his originality, his life-force? Swept away in the rush toward “a better world.”
I have breaking news. Earth is not a spaceship and we are not crew members. If Earth is a spaceship, it has serious design flaws, because it keeps making the same trip around the same sun every year. Each one of us does not have a specified function, as a crew member would.
Going back as far as you want to in history, shortage and scarcity in the world that engendered a crisis was either created by some elite or maintained by them, for the purpose of eradicating dissent and fomenting a collectivist solution. Meaning a solution that came from the top. Meaning a solution that reduced individual freedom.
In recent human history, a different idea emerged: establish severely hamstrung government, in order to protect the individual against it. This idea has had a very tough time. Collectivists have fought it every step of the way.
But regardless of circumstances, the individual can author his own freedom and what it implies. He can discover, within himself, extraordinary possibilities. He can contemplate what it means to create reality that expresses his most profound desires.
And then he can begin a voyage that no one and no group can stop. Civilizations come and go, rise and fall; the individual remains.
The word “imagination,” when properly understood, indicates that the individual can envision and then create futures that never were, and never would be, unless he invented them.
Imagination is the opposite of “provincial,” “restricted,” “well-known,” “familiar,” “accepted.."
That is its challenge to the status quo.
That is the true threat the individual poses to all predictive systems. Therefore, “it’s all just information” is a psyop code-phrase. Ideas, thoughts - nothing is original, nothing is new; we all “share” information floating in the collective consciousness; the individual invents nothing.
Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.
He can’t be predicted when he is himself. He is not a pattern. He is not a system.
He is not anyone else.
He thrives on his own inspiration.
He is the ultimate riverboat gambler. He bets the house on his own as-yet uncreated future.
He is not a piece of universe.
He is not a humble servant of Order.
He invents the space and time of his own time to come.
As early as 1961, a brilliant healer, Richard Jenkins, whom I write about in my book, The Secret Behind Secret Societies (part of the Exit From The Matrix collection), explained what was to come. He wrote me a note, which I’m paraphrasing from memory:
“People are confusing their own empathy for others with some inflated idea about group-identity. They aren’t the same. People are becoming afraid of their own unique and distinct existence.
This is a social fear. A new social contract is being foisted on the population. Either you belong, or you have no rights. This is a totalitarian concept. It’s coming in through the back door.”
Well, now, it’s right there at the front door. The individual still has a choice. But he has to make it.
Explore his own power, or give it away for nothing more than an illusion of belonging. Stoke the fires within, or form a diluted image of self, and bow down to The Group.
The “I” is not isolated. He can reach out to others whenever and however he wants to. The question is, is he moving on the ground of his own independence, or is he searching for a group life raft, to which he will attach himself without thought or hesitation?
Beyond economics or politics, Globalism is a system that offers a life raft which is heading toward a machine-future.
Disembark and find the great We, a construct of integrated parts, each of which is an individual, in a state of spiritual amnesia. Happiness there is function and sedation, shadowless, wiped clean of distinctions.
This is the elitist end-game of social justice and equality. It’s a fake culture.
Kim DotCom Warns End Of Mueller - Wikileaks To Destroy Far Left Narrative August 22 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit
Kim DotCom dropped a bomb in May when he claimed to have evidence that former DNC worker Seth Rich was involved in the leaked emails released by WikiLeaks.
Kim Dotocom: "I know that Seth Rich was involved in the DNC leak."
He admitted earlier that month that he was part of an operation along with Seth Rich to get stolen DNC emails to Wikileaks.
It wasn’t the Russians.
In late May Kim DotCom shared that he was willing to come to the US and give testimony if it is required.
Then Kim DotCom’s lawyers sent a letter to Robert Mueller, Special Counsel appointed to investigate interference with the 2016 United States presidential election and related matters:
Today Kim DotCom warned the end of Mueller is coming! The left was LYING about Russian collusion and Mueller knew it.
Rep. Rohrbacher is going to divulge everything he learned from his meeting with Julian Assange to Donald Trump.
Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change August 21 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Various
The hoax of human-caused global warming/climate change unraveled further last week after the resignation of a top official at the Environmental Protection Agency.
As reported byBreitbart News, the official - Elizabeth “Betsy” Southerland - didn’t do it as a matter of conscience, per se; after all, she’d worked for EPA for three decades, was no doubt fully vested and has an excellent retirement coming. But she claimed in her resignation letter that President Donald J. Trump’s climate policies were to blame.
Southerland, who was director of science and technology in the Office of Water, said in her letter that “the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth” (a claim most climate realists can make about the hoaxers on any given day, really).
"It’s supposed to be her Parthian shot- a damning indictment of the decline of a once-great institution under the wicked Donald Trump and his sinister henchman, EPA Administrator Scott Pruitt,” writes Breitbart’s James Delingpole.
“But, actually, it tells you rather more about the weird, reality-denying mindset which prevails among the inhabitants of the swamp which Trump is busily trying to drain.”
Perhaps the most hilariously nonsensical claim in her letter is this one, Delingpole suggests:
Today the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth. The truth is there is NO war on coal, there is NO economic crisis caused by environmental protection, and climate change IS caused by man’s activities.
No ‘war on coal?’ Really? That’s rich, considering then-candidate Barack Obama said in 2008 he was planning to implement policies as president that would wipe out coal-fired electricity when he said:
If somebody wants to build a coal-fired plant, they can. It’s just that it will bankrupt them.
And in doing so - destroying an entire sector of electricity production - Obama further noted that “under my plan…electricity rates would necessarily skyrocket.”
If that’s not a declaration of war against coal, nothing is. But the facts are what they are, even if climate hoaxers at EPA don’t want to admit it. As noted by The Daily Caller, one chart very clearly outlines the damage Obama’s coal policies took on the industry.
"The systematic deconstruction of the coal industry has created very real economic hardship for the ‘coal country’ of Appalachia, which has been economically devastated and offers very few job options for the now-unemployed workers,” The DC noted.
Translation: Obama didn’t give a damn about these mostly rural, white, low-to-middle class workers because they belonged to an industry he sought to shut down.
So for those workers, surely they suffered an economic crisis, contrary to Southerland’s claims. But there’s more. In 2012, one estimate said the cost of EPA regulations on the U.S. economy amounted to around $352 billionper year:
Complying with EPA regulations costs the U.S. economy $353 billion per year - more than 30 times its budget - according to the best available estimate. By way of comparison, that is more than the entire 2011 national GDPs of Denmark ($332 billion) and Thailand ($345 billion).
And Delingpole pointed out that the cost of complying with insane “global warming” policies costs about $1.5 trillion every year. “You could buy a lot of hospitals - or reduce a lot of taxes or national debt - for $1.5 trillion,” he said.
As for her claim that humankind is causing global warming/climate change - the old “settled science” argument - that is not a scientific fact backed up by demonstrable, replicable evidence. And it’s certainly not a “fact” universally accepted by the scientific community. In fact, there’s more evidence that the “science” has been faked than anything else.
Finally, Southerland is certainly free to leave her job, but it wasn’t to serve as high commissioner of the earth; she was a public servant charged with serving the government of the day.
That she would resign over changes in philosophy at the agency she works for - Pruitt is not a global warming hoaxer - tells you more about the arrogance of Washington’s bureaucratic swamp and agency overreach Trump is attempting to vanquish.
Global Warming Petition Project: 31,487 Scientists Do Not Agree With Runaway Man-Made Global Warming
Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change
But don’t worry; the science is settled!
“Global warming is a non-problem…I say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but you’re wrong. Dead wrong.” (Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-Prize winner in physics)
"The computer models just weren’t reliable. In fact, I’m not sure the whole thing isn’t crazy, this climate change.”
-
Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming.
I’ve written a number of articles proving the global warming science is far from “settled.” I’ve also written about the political agenda behind climate change. It is stark:
All nations will be ordered (if treaties are signed) to reduce their overall energy production by a disasterous amount.
Therefore, the output of carbon dioxide would be cut, and, we are told, “the planet could be saved.”
But no replacement of carbon-based fuels with solar, wind, and other popular alternative sources could possibly, given present technology, make up the difference and stave off the catastrophe stemming from a major cut in planetary energy production.
National economies would falter, poverty would deepen, chaos would expand, and in the ensuing crisis, the (Globalist) forces of order would move in and “solve the problem.” Also known as: a takeover of all major institutions of government, worldwide.
Now have a new scandal erupting, on top of a whole pile of prior scientific frauds. As The Daily Caller reports:
“Australian scientists at the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) ordered a review of temperature recording instruments after the government agency was caught tampering with temperature logs in several locations.”
“Agency officials admit that the problem with instruments recording low temperatures likely happened in several locations throughout Australia, but they refuse to admit to manipulating temperature readings. The BOM located missing logs in Goulburn and the Snow Mountains, both of which are in New South Wales.”
Let’s be clear. The missing and altered temperature readings actually indicated lower-than-normal temperatures which, if reported, would weaken the assertion that Australia is getting hotter.
“BOM [Australian Bureau of Meteorology] has been put under the microscope before for similar manipulations. The agency was accused in 2014 of tampering with the country’s temperature record to make it appear as if temperatures had warmed over the decades, according to reports in August 2014.”
“[Biologist and former director of the environmental unit at the Australian Institute of Public Affairs, Jennifer] Marohasey claimed at the time that BOM’s adjusted temperature records are ‘propaganda’ and not science. She analyzed raw temperature data from places across Australia, compared them to BOM data, and found the agency’s data created an artificial warming trend.”
“Marohasey said BOM adjustments changed Aussie temperature records from a slight cooling trend to one of ‘dramatic warming’ over the past century.”
But don’t worry. The science is settled.
There must be no reasoned debate about the subject. Just start lowering the energy outputs of all countries on the planet.
Certainly don’t listen to a man like Freeman Dyson, who has no mainstream credentials - except for the following: physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princeton’s Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award. Dyson states:
"What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between what’s observed and what’s predicted have become much stronger. It’s clear now the [climate change] models are wrong, but it wasn’t so clear 10 years ago…
I’m 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side…”
Pay no attention to that. Shut your eyes, close your mouth, and wait for the lights to dim.
The people in charge are the people in charge, and if they don’t want debate, they must be right.
Censoring debate is always a sign that truth and justice are winning. Right?
Several unhinged commentators have gone so far as to suggest jail time for scientists who deny the existence of manmade warming. Marc Morano, narrator and co-writer of the documentary, Climate Hustle, asked the popular American TV host, Bill Nye “The Science Guy,” whether he thought such jail threats against scientists would have “a chilling effect” on dissent.
Nye answered, “That there is a chilling effect on scientists who are in extreme doubt about climate change - I think is good.”
In other words, love censorship when it silences your opponents.
Bill Nye understands the proper method of science and research (experiment, replication, rejection, debate, questioning) the way a cockroach understands Aristotle’s treatises on logic. Make no mistake about it, we are looking at fake climate science. The purveyors don’t care about truth. They only care about owning the bully pulpit and keeping dissenters away from that pulpit.
This is how official science is done. In the case of climate change, claim the planet is warming and claim the debate about the subject must be cooled until it is frozen and stored in a locker out of view.
In my investigations of official science and medicine over the past 35 years, I’ve seen this strategy deployed time and time again:
“The science is settled…” “The evidence is overwhelming…” “Credible researchers all agree..."
This is how the press creates a fake impression of consensus.
News outlets issue identical stories, inventing an echo chamber. Don’t buy in. Crack the illusion.
Global Warming Climate Model Completely Debunked
Lord Monckton joins Alex Jones via Skype to discuss recent discoveries, made by him and his team, that completely debunk the myth of human accelerated change in global climate.
The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible August 19 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various
Centralised, controlled Global fascist state:The momentum for the completion of the New World Order (NWO) through centralised control of global politics, business, banking, military and media is gaining pace by the day, and is clearly evident through the large scale spying upon us.
Whenever a hidden agenda is about to be implemented, something occurs to scare the people, justifying the action for implementation. Our world is more and more becoming a recurrence of fascist Nazi Germany, before WWII. This is, in accordance with the plans of the Deep State Brotherhood, the new world that awaits the global population.
The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and multinational corporations already control most Governments;promoting the one world government through their control of the media, foundation grants, and education; with power exerted over all issues of the day; they already control almost all avenues; they have the financial power to promote the “New World Order”.
The key to their success is the control and manipulation bythe international bankers of the money systems of almost every nation, while making it appear as though they are controlled by the government.
If you wish to live in a world that is “urbane” enough to be run by a world government, managed by the Brotherhood of the élite and global bankers, then by all means, continue to follow the mainstream media to get all your information.
If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elites running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, then it is time to come into action.
By battling the tide of misinformation and by helping to expose the dangers of the ‘New World Order.’
People have neither the slightest idea, nor the insight of the restrain that is going to be put on them. They would rather ignore the obvious and go into denial of the truth that has already become reality. Instead, people prefer assuring each other that they would never take people’s freedoms away and make us serfs of the elite.
Humanity has on a large scale given away its mind and its responsibility – it is advisable to consider the broader consequences of this behaviour for human existence.
When we give away our mind and responsibility, we give away our freedom and hence, our lives.
If enough people do it, we give the world away, and that is precisely what has been done throughout history. We’re now entering a fascist society, as was the case before WWII. The leaders of this era, such as Benito Mussolini in Italy and Adolf Hitler in Germany embodied the state and they claimed indisputable power, transforming countries into fascist states.
Now history is repeating itself and soon the world will become a fascist society all over again. The only difference is that this time, a few families, alias – the elite – are manipulating the entire planet, through the globalisation of business, banking and communications.
The primary goal of their control is to keep the people in ignorance, fear and at war. Divide, rule and conquer and keep the most important information secret.
Those who have applied these methods to control humanity for thousands of years are members of the same force, following a long-term Brotherhood Agenda, which now is reaching its point of completion.
So, the global fascist state is upon us. People must wake up now – and see this as their “final wake up call” – to mobilise and organise themselves to rebel against this injustice, as the real power is still with the many of us, and not with the few of the elites!
Infinite Power is Within Every Individual:
Infinite power is within each and every individual. The reason we are controlled is not because we don’t have the power to decide our own destiny, it is that we unknowingly give that power away when we don’t take responsibility for our destiny on all fronts.
When something happens that we don’t like, we look for someone else to blame. When there is a problem, people think first what are they, our so-called leaders going to do about it.
But remember it is they who have secretly created most problems, and they consequently respond to people’s demands by offering a ‘solution’ that always entails more centralisation of power and erosion of our freedom.
Man Sends Audition Tape To Globalists To Be Crisis Actor in Next False Flag Hilarious Satire Skit
If you want to give more power to the police, security agencies and military, that is exactly what they want the public to ask for, then they ensure there is more crime, more violence and more terrorism, and so they increasingly get exactly what they want, ever-increasing control and power.
Once people are in fear of being attacked by terrorists, they will demand to have their freedoms taken away, to protect them from what they have been manipulated to become – ‘fearful’.
As Benjamin Franklin once so typically stated:
“Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.”
The 9/11 Twin Tower destruction in New York in 2001 and the Global warming meme are both classic examples of ‘Problem - Reaction - Solution’ manipulations.
Physical Control of the Global Population is Impossible:
In short it is a technique of ‘problem - reaction - solution’. Create the problem; encourage the reaction that something has to be done about, and then offer the solution, their solution. In other words:
Create chaos and then offer a solution to restore order on people’s request, a solution which serves their agenda.
The masses are herded and directed by emotional and mental control. This is the only way their rules can be implemented. However, the few elites cannot control billions of people physically, unless a large number of people are involved.
So physical control of the global population is impossible. But when you can manipulate the way people feel and think to the point that they decide to do what they want us to do, by demanding to introduce regulations that they want to have implemented, then the door is set open for Centralised Global Control, by making people believe that it is their own idea.
Consequently, humanity becomes mind-controlled.
People are Mind Controlled:
The question is not how many people are mind-controlled, but how few are not. When you believe the news stories in the media, and allow these to affect your perception of events, your mind is controlled.
The answer to freedom of thought and perception is to take your mind back to conclude and decide for yourself.
The choice of interpretations is yours and not someone else’s. Remember they always want to have your mind, because once they have it, they have you. So keep your mind objective under all circumstances.
Think for yourself and don’t allow others to think for you, and if we All do this, their Agenda will not be able to be implemented and we will keep our freedoms, it’s as simple as that. Come into action now in the interest of our children, future generations, and in our own interest.
Remember; the secret Agenda is a conspiracy of minds, of people and events to ensure that the plans of the elite are employed. They conspire to put their people into positions of power, with hidden, stringent instructions to make the agenda happen, by conspiring to create events which will make the public demand the Agenda be implemented in complete ignorance of the devastating consequences.
It is frightening that we have entered the world George Orwell envisioned and wrote about in 1984 of mass surveillance, as portrayed in the movie ‘The Truman Show’.
Stick Your New World Order Up Your Arse!
Recently numerous scandals have revealed the surveillance state of the West and put it up for show. Whistleblowers have been warning about this for years!
But saying you were right won’t help you in the long run. Now we know that the government is listening, recording, and duplicating everything we do online or over the phone, it’s time to start taking action. It’s time to take back our right to privacy.
Although we may not fear Chinese tanks rolling through our streets, make no mistake; our most basic rights are under attack: reporters are being investigated and suspended by Government officials for exposing scandals, legislation is designed to water down our privacy rights and the NSA acts like it was nothing more than a necessity to crack down on terrorists, while presenting the matter as though they have the authority to do so.
Watch the powerful explanation of Snowden; it’s a lot easier, as was put forth by him, to change this intrusion on civilisation as has been laid out in the above writing: Be objective and make up your own mind; deciding for yourself.
Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’ August 19 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various
No leader has taken more action against leftist billionaire George Soros than Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban. During a speech in Romania, Orban unleashed on Soros and the European Union, accusing them of wanting to “Muslimize Europe.”
"European Union leaders and Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” Hungary’s anti-migration prime minister said Saturday.
Prime Minister Viktor Orban said during a visit to Romania that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.
While Hungary opposed taking in migrants “who could change the country’s cultural identity,” Orban said under his leadership, Hungary would remain a place where “Western European Christians will always be able to find security.”
Orban, who will seek a fourth term in April 2018, said Hungary’s opposition parties were no match for his government.
“In the upcoming campaign, first of all we have to confront external powers,” Orban said at a cultural festival in Baile Tusnad, Romania. “We have to stand our ground against the Soros mafia network and the Brussels bureaucrats. And, during the next nine months, we will have to fight against the media they operate.”
Soros has become a key target of Orban and his government.
Recent legislation in Hungary seeks to close or expel the Budapest-based Central European University, founded by Soros in 1991. There are also new rules about non-governmental organizations funded at least partly from abroad – which critics say stigmatize the NGOs, many of which are backed by Soros’ Open Society Foundations."
Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu also joined Orban in denouncing Soros, calling him a threat.
"Israel’s foreign ministry has issued a statement denouncing U.S. billionaire George Soros, a move that appeared designed to align Israel more closely with Hungary ahead of a visit to Budapest next week by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.
Soros, a Hungarian-born Jew who has spent a large part of his fortune funding pro-democracy and human rights groups, has repeatedly been targeted by Hungary’s right-wing government, in particular over his support for more open immigration.
In the latest case, Prime Minister Viktor Orban has backed a campaign in which Soros is singled out as an enemy of the state. “Let’s not allow Soros to have the last laugh” say billboards next to a picture of the 86-year-old investor, a campaign that Jewish groups and others say foments anti-Semitism."
Orban’s fight against Soros reached a boiling point in April after Hungarian Parliament passed a law targeting the billionaire’s own university, Central European University.
"The 199-seat parliament head earlier voted 123 to 38 in favour of the legislation, which places tough restrictions on foreign universities.
The main target is believed to be the Central European University (CEU) and its founder, George Soros.
It is the latest battle declared by the right-wing Prime Minister of Hungary, Viktor Orban, against liberalism.
But within hours of the legislation being passed, staff, students and supporters had surrounded CEU waving blue signs saying “veto” to show their support for the university.
CEU, meanwhile, has vowed to fight the bill.
The English-speaking university, which is still partly-funded by Hungarian-born Mr Soros, is ranked among the top 200 universities in the world in eight disciplines.
But Zoltan Balog, a government minister, told MPs on Tuesday it went “against Hungary’s interests to host experiments, financially supported and evading democratic ‘rules of the game’ in the background, which aim at undermining the lawfully elected government or leadership”.
Hungary Prime Minister Says George Soros Seeks To Muslimize Europe
Billionaire globalist Soros is ruining Europe.
The war of words between Hungary’s outspoken prime minister Viktor Orban and liberal billionaire George Soros escalated to previously unseen levels recently, when the Hungarian PM said that European Union leaders and Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” however during a visit to Romania, Orban said that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.
Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State? August 18 2017 | From: TheContrail / Geopolitics
Well, if its any consolation at all, re your Australian logs, the same thing is happening over here at present as well. All our forestry was sold off and privatized here decades ago.
But the devious process has continued irrespective which political party is in power and is accelerating right now as I write.
While the vast majority of the population are either sound asleep or completely brain-dead, the whole country’s wealth and natural resources are being sold off to multinational banks and corporations in collusion with the Government from under us at a rapid rate, and in most cases without even a squeak of complaint from the national flock of gullible sheep.
But in fairness, the whole process is very insidious and if you don’t stop and study the phenomenon there is no hope of ever understanding what is really happening.
A good example on our minds over here in NZ at present is the privatization of the nation’s water supply. If you remember, you told me and wrote about it in your magazine many years ago about the tyrannical privatization of South Australia’s water, where the privatized water companies now even have the cheek to charge farmers for the very rainfall that accumulates in all their dams and farms: Farm anger at dam water charges
The system is pretty much complete now across Australia and is coordinated by the Federal Government that collects extensive water consumption statistics for all Australian states: Water Use on Australian Farms, 2015-16
Which in turn is controlled by its corporate “Partners” such as the Socialist World Water Council.
Which in turn is controlled by the international bankers.
Well here’s something for your Aussie consolation; just days ago Jacinda Ardern, the 37 year old dedicated little Communist troll, who has just been elected the new NZ Labour Party Leader, announced that if elected next month she wants to introduce nation-wide water charges for irrigation schemes and farmers, while we are literally drowning in water over here:
Labour Announces Royalty Charges for Water Bottlers if Elected
Jacinda Ardern announced that water bottling companies and farmers using irrigation schemes will pay a form of royalty under a Labour government. She explained how it will work to John Campbell.
Of course, its not Jacinda’s idea at all, as she well knows.
It is all coming directly from the United Nations and our Socialist colleagues in Canberra! Just simply a modified form of Stalin’s Five Year Plan.
But if this is not enough for this week! If you remember in the book Murder at Pike River Mine by Dr Jacob Cohen published in 2010, the author said one of the reasons why the 29 miners were brutally murdered and the mine was deliberately blown up was to turn the public’s opinion away from underground mining and allow foreign mining companies in to exploit our natural resources in conservation areas.
With Bathurst Resources Limited chosen to secretly buy up all of New Zealand coal reserves to open cast mine it (since all completed I might add) to supply a new planned steel mill in the North Island to process and exract titanium from our rich iron-sands off the West Coast (the richest in the world) to be mined by Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, or if the steel mill was considered uneconomic, to simply export the iron-sand direct to Asia to separate the rich titanium from it there worth hundreds of billions of dollars.
Well. Trans-Tasman Resources today, (after nearly 7 years of Cohen writing his book and predicting this was secretly going to happen), was given permission by the NZ Environmental Protection Authority to dig up the iron-sands off Taranaki out in the ocean in New Zealand’s Economic Zone.
Effectively, this one foreign company now, indirectly owned by the same bankers that controlled NZ Oil & Gas Limited the major shareholder in Pike River Mine Limited, Bathurst Resources Limited and Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, is soon going to rape hundreds of billions of dollars worth of “black gold” titanium from our shores and we as a nation will effectively receive next to nothing in return from it.
Yet here on this incredible video announcement of it yesterday, our mainstream media prostitutes controlled by the very same bankers that control the mining companies did not even mention ONE SINGLE WORD ABOUT THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS WORTH OF TITANIUM included in it but only mentioned it was just “iron-sand” to placate the general public derision, in this giant lunatic mental asylum!
Firm Given Permission to Dig for Ironsands Off Taranaki
Trans Tasman Resources is the first company allowed to mine in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone. But opponents vow to fight the Environmental Protection Authority's decision.
What a pack of mugs we all are? I would have thought the farmers would have had a bit more get up and go, because the ramifications of little Communist Ardern are very serious.
Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?
Behind the Curtain, there seems to be no government going completely nuts more so than Australia. They are doubling taxes on all foreigners who own a property, which is a violation of international law, and then they made it a crime for a foreigner to even buy a house undisclosed.
On top of all of this insanity, they are planning to strip consumers of their legal protections if they pay in cash and fail to get a receipt. If an Australian pays for anything in cash, they suspect he is hiding money.
This outrageous proposal is clearly exposing the Australian government as a leftist goose-stepping authoritarian regime going completely insane hunting Australians for taxes.
They are even stalking children on their way to school and then check the school as to how they are being paid. This is real Hitler stuff. That is why the Swiss created numbered accounts because Hitler made it illegal for a German to have any account outside of Germany.
This anti-free society the Australian government is establishing is just off the charts. They have set up a Black Economy Taskforce to hunt down their own citizens. This is becoming very dangerous. Can you imagine a government staking your children?
This gestapo agency is indeed spying on its own citizens in every aspect just as did the NAZI government in Germany. They have put forth 35 recommendations contained in the interim report where they are arguing the need for “consumer-focused action” to crack down on cash payments.
The Black Economy Taskforce has turned its attention from the businesses to consumers they now say are “part of the problem” adding that “[w]e intend to examine the merits of consumer focused sanctions, including the loss of consumer protections, warranties and legal rights for people who make cash payments without obtaining a valid receipt.”
They are out to change the entire culture of Australia because the government refuses to see itself as the spendthrift causing the entire problem. They wrote:
“This is not simply of matter of imposing new penalties, but part of a wider cultural change agenda.”
The Australian government is looking to impose penalties if a consumer pays cash and FAILS to get a receipt so they can end the underground economy. They are expecting to change the culture by forcing consumers to ask for a fiscal receipts when paying cash for anything.
Now the Australian government has moved beyond eliminating cash, they seek to punish people who pay in cash. Obviously, Australia turned their own people into a hunt for taxes. Can you imagine stalking your children is legal?
What are human rights? Australia is hunting its own people as if this were a fox hunt.
Those who are looking to adopt children should consider adopting from Australia to save them from a government that is going down the path of a totalitarian regime. This is always a dangerous historical path to proceed down.
How The CIA Spies On Your Everyday Life, According To WikiLeaks August 17 2017 | From: RT
WikiLeaks’ latest release from the Vault 7 series of CIA leaks, sheds more light on how ordinary people can be easily tracked and targeted by the US intelligence agency through everyday electronic devices.
Since March 7, WikiLeaks has revealed CIA hacking techniques used to weaponize mobile phones, conduct surveillance via smart TVs, and load and execute malware on a ‘target machine’.
In light of Thursday’s 20th release from Vault 7, RT looks back at the most explosive revelations from the CIA’s hacking arsenal, showing how the intelligence agency could spy on you in your own home.
Home Security Systems
The ‘Dumbo’ program is purportedly designed to manipulate home security systems, altering the functionality of webcams and microphones on Microsoft Windows-operating systems and corrupting video recordings.
WikiLeaks suggested that this allows the operator to create fake – or destroy real – evidence of their intrusion into the device.
Smart TVs
Many of the exploits revealed through the leaked Vault 7 documents appear designed to target ordinary individuals through commonly used devices.
The CIA allegedly has access to a range of tools that even target Samsung TVs under its ‘Weeping Angel’ program. The project involves infiltrating the smart TVs to transform them into covert microphones, which can record and store audio.
Google’s Android operating system was found to have 24 ‘zero days’ – the codename used by the CIA for tools to identify and exploit vulnerabilities and secretly collect data on individuals.
The OS is used in 85 percent of the world’s smart phones, including Samsung and Sony.
By exploiting gaps in the OS, it’s possible to access data from social messaging platforms, including WhatsApp, Weibo, Telegram and Signal before encryption is applied.
Another program appears specifically designed to target mobile devices running Android 4.0 to 4.3, allowing a third party to intercept and redirect SMS messages.
Apple products are not immune to the CIA’s hacking tools either. In fact, Vault 7 revealed a specific division dedicated to the hacking of Apple devices .
A tool known as ‘NightSkies’ specifically targets Apple products including the iPhone and Macbook Air. It purportedly even allows the CIA to infiltrate factory-fresh iPhones and track and control them remotely, providing “full remote command and control.”
WiFi
WiFi can be easily exploited by the agency for spying, according to a number of leaks. One program called Cherry Blossom allegedly targets WiFi devices to monitor, control and manipulate the Internet traffic of connected users.
No physical access is needed to implant the firmware on a wireless device, as some devices allow their firmware to be upgraded over a wireless link.
Another malware called Elsa tracks WiFi-enabled devices running Microsoft Windows, allowing the CIA to gather location data on a target’s device and monitor their patterns and habits.
The malware allows the CIA to track the geo-location of wifi-enabled devices even when they are not connected to the internet.
Microsoft
Most of the malware referenced throughout the leaks is designed for use on the widely popular Microsoft Windows operating systems.
Many of these programs focus on uploading the malware via removable devices such as USB drives. Some, such as the ‘brutal kangaroo’ project, are designed to hide themselves from detection, and can even infect devices that have never been connected to the internet by air gap jumping.
'I'm Your Humble Friend': Positive Duterte Meeting With Tillerson Suggests U-Turn On Philippines Attitude To US & Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had August 15 2017 | From: Sott / Sott / Various
In an unusually soft tone, Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte has called himself a "humble friend" of Washington while meeting with Secretary of State Rex Tillerson. It comes despite Duterte recently calling the US "lousy."
"I am happy to see you...and you have come at a time when the world is not so good, especially in the Korean peninsula, and of course, the ever-nagging problem of the South China Sea," Duterte told Tillerson at the presidential palace on Monday, as quoted by Reuters.
The Philippines leader went as far as to state his country and the US are "friends" and even "allies."
"I am your humble friend in Southeast Asia," Duterte said.
Tillerson arrived in the Philippines on Saturday to participate in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) Regional Forum, as well as to hold diplomatic meetings with the bloc's members and its dialogue partners.
Duterte's softer tone represents a change of heart from the leader's usual rhetoric. In fact, he called the US "lousy" less than three weeks ago.
"There will never be a time that I will go to America during my term, or even thereafter," Duterte said in late July.
"I've seen America and it's lousy," he added.
The comments came after US senators accused Duterte's domestic anti-drug campaign of widespread abuses and casualties - a move which prompted the leader to bite back, accusing Washington of its own violations.
"It would be good for the US Congress to start with their own investigation of their own violations of the so many civilians killed in the prosecution of the wars in the Middle East," Duterte said.
"Otherwise I will be forced to investigate you also. I will start with your past sins."
Those were far from the first anti-US remarks to be muttered by Duterte, who announced his "separation" from Washington last year.
"In this venue, your honors, in this venue, I announce my separation from the United States," he told an audience of Chinese and Philippine business people in October 2016.
However, he appeared to backtrack just one day later, saying Manila would not be triggering a severance of ties.
Duterte has also taken aim at former US President Barack Obama on multiple occasions, including in May - four months after he had left the White House.
"It came to a point that repeatedly Obama said [this], the State Department said [this], and everybody there was an idiot," Duterte said, while recalling Obama's approach to negotiations with the Philippines.
"So we go, 'You can go to hell. You can eat your assistance; we do not need it; we will survive.' So I go, from now on, I will adapt an independent foreign policy and I will deal with any country that I like," he added.
The Philippines leader called Obama a "son of a b**ch/whore" in September 2016, prompting the former president to cancel a planned meeting with him. However, Duterte later backtracked and said the comment was directed at a reporter.
Meanwhile, Duterte also warned the US last year not to treat his country like a "dog on a leash," while adding that he didn't want to see American troops in the Philippines.
Two leaders who are both fighting the Cabal. Of course the Cabal owns the mainstream media and relentlessly assaults the public with 'fake news' propaganda and lies. And most of the stupid, sleeping masses buy it hook, line and sinker...
The leader seems to be more at ease with Donald Trump in the office than Barack Obama, and has previously spoken positively about the president, saying in April that Trump wouldn't have become a billionaire if he was "stupid."
"Trump is a deep man, he just pretends otherwise. Like me, I'm not really very bright."
Trump, for his part, has praised Duterte for doing an "unbelievable job on the drug problem," while the Philippine leader's so-called 'war on drugs' has led to the deaths of more than 8,000 people and been slammed by the European Union and United Nations, among other critics.
Comment: Most likely, Duterte distinguishes the Trump administration from Congress and Deep State.
Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had
Duterte wants dignity, freedom and safety for his country. He is a uniquely patriotic and devoted individual who deserves support.
Recently thePhilippines celebrated 199 years of independence from Spain, but it was during that fateful year of 1898 that the country switched one colonial master for another.
The Spanish-American war saw Philippines along with Cuba, Guam and Puerto Rico come under US control. However, it was Philippines that gave the United States the most to worry about. It was during the Philippine-America war of 1899-1902 that was America's first experience in fighting a colonial insurgency.
It would be the first of many. Simultaneous to this, a separate rebellion broke out among Philippine Moros, the Muslim population of the country. This was something that both the US and later independent Philippine governments had to face.
Although Philippines became fully independent in 1946, it was a kind of independence that perversely relied on a deeply dependant relationship on America which by the end of the 1940s was a world-leading economic and military super-power.
Today, Philippines has a strongly independent President who has spoken openly and clearly of his desire not to be treated like a colony any longer. President Rodrigo Duterte has pursued a foreign policy independent of US edicts and one which disregards the neo-clonial attitude of US funded NGOs.
Duterte is now having to face down an ISIS insurgency on the southern island of Mindanao and the city of Marawi in particular. ISIS coalesced during Duterte's Presidency not because Duterte wanted war with Moros but because he wanted peace.
Duterte had promised a new federal structure for the country and barring that, promised autonomy for Mindanao, where Duterte himself was born and for years was mayor of the city of Davao.
ISIS also knew that if Duterte was successful in crushing the violent drugs trade in Philippines, they would be deprived of a major source of revenue, generated from the cultivation, sale and trafficking of drugs.
Duterte has pledged to fight all of these threats but many in Philippines are not giving him the support nor the credit he deserves.
Many opposition figures, particularly those in the Philippine Liberal Party have questioned his decision to declare martial law in Mindanao. Even more concerning is a recent statement by the Philippine Department of Tourism which stated that it is Duterte's declaration of martial law that has seen tourism to Mindanao decline.
Logic would dictate that the presence of ISIS is the reason tourism has declined, but there is increasingly little logic among Duterte's opponents who are keen to retain their position as post-colonial elites who care more for their own wealth and prestige than for the people of their country.
Now, Duterte is facing yet another problem, the very real threat of a soft military power struggle against his Presidency. After initial reports that the Philippine government requested US assistance in fighting ISIS, a request confirmed by the United States, President Duterte has stated that no such request originated from himself or his colleagues.
"...our soldiers are pro-American, that I cannot deny".
He further stated that he only found out that American forces had agreed to 'assist' Philippines from the same Reuters report cited in breaking reports from The Duran.
It is a deeply dangerous scenario if military commanders in Philippines are acting unilaterally, without the permission let alone consent of their President.
It is imperative that at this time of crisis, Philippine law makers and ordinary people alike support their President. The very independence celebrated on the 12th of June is better represented by Duterte than any previous Philippine leader in the modern age.
President Rodrigo Duterte wants for his people that which a subservient post-colonial/neo-colonial attitude could never possibly achieve: dignity.
Duterte is the last best hope for the Philippine people and the Philippine nation. He is, simply put, the best President that the country has ever had and may have for some time.
Duterte understands not only the modern realities of his country but the modern realities of a multi-polar world. It is not realistic in the 21st century for an East Asian country to continue to act as a post-colonial satellite of declining American power.
It is essential for Philippines to develop and cultivate new regional partnerships, especially with China, a super-power which is far closer to Philippines than the United States.
Rodrigo Duterte understands that while building new bridges, one must not burn the old. His apparently good relationship with Donald Trump is evidence of the fact that Duterte means what he says when he states he is still wiling to work with America on important issues, only from a position of mutual-respect rather than that of a slave to a master.
President Duterte is a man uniquely moved by a patriotic purpose and uniquely guided by the hand of destiny. If his plans are embraced, Philippines stands the real chance to enter into a new, more peaceful and more prosperous age. If Duterte is rejected, the Philippine people will have rejected their best chance at achieving true independence in every sense: political, military, economic and even spiritual.
On this day, one must celebrate not only achievements of the Philippine past but the prospects of a better Philippine future, a future which Duterte can guide the country towards better than any of his rivals.
Comment: Duterte has no problem with plainly voicing his opinions and goals.Very refreshing.
Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality August 14 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Digg
Tech and media behemoth Google is continuing to flex its considerable muscle by controlling more of what you are ‘allowed’ to see. And it’s being based entirely on political ideology.
As reported by Breitbart News, company whistleblowers are now coming out of the woodwork to spill the beans on the tech giant’s growing bias against conservative thought and opinion after Google fired engineer James Damore for daring to challenge the company’s predominant Left-wing bias in a 10-page memo, where he defended diversity of viewpoints and offered a fact-based defense of gender gaps for certain fields.
As Breitbart noted, more Google employees are speaking out in support of Damore’s manifesto, but they are having to do so anonymously because ‘diversity-seeking’ Google really doesn’t want diversity of thought or opinion, just authoritarian compliance with Alt-Left orthodoxy:
Damore’s ten-page manifesto, which was met by an immediate backlash, described a climate of fear, in which employees who challenge prevailing leftist narratives at the company are faced with immediate threats to their career. Damore’s own experience appears to confirm this.
In response, the site is publishing exclusive interviews under the series title “Rebels of Google,” featuring employees of the tech giant who have reached out to confirm much of what Damore wrote.
Google’s Worst Nightmare
The American people are preparing to fight back against the internet giant.
Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate its search results in what they see as a favorable manner.
In the first interview of the series, one employee named “Hal” talked about how Google mid- and upper-level managers conduct “witch hunts” and practice ideological intolerance against conservatives.
In a follow-up, an ex-Google engineer using the alias “Emmett” - who worked at the company for several years - was asked about allegations that employees within the company’s Ad Sales department had “a great deal of sympathy” with Google’s Sleeping Giants campaign, which reportedly denies ad revenue to independent and alternative media like Breitbart News and The Rebel Media.
According to one anonymous source, some Google employees in Ad Sales are “openly encouraging Adwords customers to pull their ads from Breitbart and Rebel Media.”
"A number of friends have privately confirmed this to me,” said the whistleblower. “I know there are efforts to demote anything non-PC, anti-Communist, and anti-Islamic terror from search results. To what extent that has been successful, I don’t know.”
That said, Emmett told Breitbart he personally saw Leftists within the company program bias into YouTube’s algorithms so that anti-PC content would be pushed off the platform’s “related videos” recommendations.
"I have read internal mailing list email from SJWs [social justice warriors] absolutely incensed that there’d be, say, a Sargon of Akkad video appearing as a video related to one of their favorite SJW vloggers.
This is what happens when you have unbiased algorithms, which at the time, was true. I don’t have to tell you that, in that e-mail, the SJW was quite literally asking that the ‘related videos’ function be perverted so that such a thing would stop happening,” Emmett said.
Big Data: Shocking Evidence that Nobody's Talking About
What’s more, the former engineer said, ordinary users of Google and related servers won’t even notice that there is censorship taking place.
“The software could just astroturf your ‘Related Videos’ section, and you would be none the wiser,” he said.
“Sure, if you know what to look for, perhaps you’d notice. But the vast majority of the viewership would never know. That’s the whole point of such a disinformation program, right? If you can tell it’s disinformation, you would never ever believe it.”
He added it was “only a matter of time” before the company began to bias its search results against Trump supporters, Republicans and anyone who leans to the right, politically."
“I don’t have to tell you that there was an internal meltdown at Google when the election was over,” he said.
“The hysteria has only ever reached a higher level once. That was throughout this weekend, thanks to the #GoogleManifesto [Damore’s screed] scandal.”
He noted that it’s even unwise to speak out against Democratic politicians at the company, let alone agree with Damore.
There are search and media alternatives to this kind of blatant censorship and ideological blackmail, including GoodGopher.com and Censored.news. Bookmark and utilize both if you want your news and information unfiltered.
While the term “net neutrality” may elicit the same effect as as taking a Tylenol PM, recently it got some serious star power behind it. Silicon Valley celebs from over 40 tech companies like Facebook, Google, Reddit, Netflix, and Pornhub rallied to inform the masses of the dangers of net neutrality rules being removed.
The imminent threat to net neutrality has the potential to seriously affect each and every one of our daily lives, and we should all be informed of the consequences.
How and why, you ask? Let’s start from the very beginning:
What Exactly is Net Neutrality?
According to the Internet Association, “strong net neutrality rules give people the power to choose which websites and apps are best.” In other words, they essentially keep the internet free, as we know it.
A rollback of these rules will give Internet Service Providers (ISPs) the power to prioritize the sites and apps you visit every day: slowing them, speeding them, or blocking them altogether. Your ISP could even choose to slow down or censor websites that opt out of paying extra fees to be prioritized. Website you really, really love. Like Netflix. Or Hulu. Or Digg. Or, y'know, Pornhub.
On the other hand, ISPs could also choose to charge individuals like you and me extra fees to access sites that typically use more data. (Again, think streaming services and GoT.) Worse, they could potentially manipulate your internet access to push their own business agenda like proprietary cable services, news sites, email services, etc.
What the heck was “The Day of Action”?
Led by the aforementioned tech giants, The Day of Action was an effort to make pro net neutrality sentiments heard by the FCC. From posting on social media to posting homepage banners to requesting users reach out themselves, The Day of Action succeeded in drawing much needed attention to the issue.
How Can You Get Involved?
All signs point to FCC Chairman Ajit Pai initiating a rollback of net neutrality regulations later this summer, and a singular day of action may not be enough to stop it. If you like free internet, you can give the FCC a piece of your mind, by clicking here and then clicking “+ Express” to send a message.
If you really want to make things complicated for your ISP, you may choose to start using a VPN when you surf the web. Employing a VPN, like Disconnect, allows you to bypass the throttling and censorship efforts that could be put forth by your ISP. Disconnect routes your mobile and desktop internet traffic through a private server, encrypting your every move from the prying eyes of your ISP and cyber criminals alike.
Perhaps best of all, VPNs just make things incredibly inconvenient for your ISP (especially when it comes to selling your data to ad marketers). And who doesn’t love that?
The Internet Has Empowered The People After It Was Designed To Take Full Control
Technology is a double edged sword and the internet is being used to destroy the globalists.
Alex Jones talks with Dr. Steve Pieczenik about how the internet was created to take more control from the people but ended up having the opposite effect.
Community Groups, Farmers, Doctors, Scientists And Individuals Are Actively Working Toward A Complete Ban Of 1080 Poison Use In NZ August 14 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / WaterSourceNZ / TVWild
An excellent new website / resource has been established by the Graf Boys (Clyde & Steve Graf) who have actively campaigned for many years against the wholesale slathering of NZ with 1080 poison. These guys are not armchair experts.
The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies 1080 as ‘Extremely Hazardous’, most countries ban it outright, yet NZ uses 85% of the world’s supply - presumably the world hasn’t figured out what a wonderful thing it really is.
NZ’s ‘esteemed’ leaders feel compelled it seems to press on in the face of mounting independent research/science against this hideous practice. Land of the clean and green no more.
You’ll find links to all of the relevant information at their site. See our pages also for other articles on 1080.
Community groups, farmers, doctors, scientists and individuals are actively working toward a complete ban of 1080 poison use in New Zealand. Every day more people are becoming more informed and more involved with reviewing and questioning the “research” and information used by the poisoning agencies to justify their massive aerial 1080 poisoning campaigns.
Robin eating 1080: The "Mangarakau Swamp Trust" that runs a bird breeding program, supports 1080. Robins are one of the breed they are trying to recover. Interesting that they support the poison drop that feeds the swamp where these birds are breeding. These poison drops back on to our waterways and so for 6 months we can not enter the bush with our dogs, nor drink the water that is piped from the river, nor swim in the rivers
The Facebook page 1080 Eyewitness now boasts over 16,000 members – momentum is certainly growing …
Science – We often use and reference the 1080 Science website – Dr Jo Pollard has spent several years reviewing and collecting scientific information and data – www.1080science.co.nz – The website includes information on all aspects of 1080 poison, the Environmental Risk Management Authority’s reassessment, reviews on the Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment’s independent report into 1080 poison, and also research submitted by independent scientists.
The Graf Boys documentary work – In 2006 The Graf Boys (Clyde & Steve) were asked by community members from Taupo if they could make a documentary about 1080 poison. They agreed.
Picking up 1080 after a drop bucket fell off a helicopter in the Arawhata Valley riverbed in 2008
The documentary was called - A Shadow of Doubt - took 12 months to produce, and it played twice on Maori Television. The film was a subtle introduction to 1080 poison use in New Zealand, with no fingers pointed. (The Graf Boys have since produced over 20 documentaries and short films on the subject of 1080 poison).
In 2008, while exploring the Kahurangi National Park, the brothers filmed a native weka bird feeding on a possum carcass. Endemic birds are meant to be protected, not poisoned by toxic animal carcasses laying around after aerial poison drops.
As a result, The Graf Boys spent the next 18 months filming Poisoning Paradise. This time the documentary was blunt, and pulled no punches. The film won multiple international awards, but to this day, no national television station in New Zealand has played the film – despite being offered it free, many times.
The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth August 13 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall
A false flag climate agreement: The global financial elite launch new plan to steal your wealth without plainly telling you what they’re doing.
They use language that only they understand and a few people more that are trained to grasp the meaning. They usually are hiding their plans in plain sight..
Here is the next plan: The global elite signed the Paris Climate Agreement on April 22, 2016, empathically called “Earth Day."
Its stated purpose is to limit global warming to less than 2 degrees Celsius. In pursuance thereof, it demands a drastic reduction of carbon dioxide emissions. Some scientists argue it could require zero emissions sometime between 2030–2050.
This “climate agreement” is going under a false flag. It is less a climate agreement than an elite’s argument that they can use to advance agenda 2030. And no one will suspect it.
On April 25, 2016, it was announced: “How to Finance Global Reflation.”
Be assured that already long before the world’s central banksters clearly have brewed a medicine inadequate to its purpose. Money printing, quantitative easing, zero and negative interest rates – none of it’s revived the failing global economy. And now they’re panicking as officially ‘recession’ looms once again. The solution?
Massive global spending to combat “climate change” - a page straight from the Keynesian book of virtues. Global in other words “helicopter money”. And to the tune of many trillions. As is stated:
"Investment in global public goods – namely, the infrastructure needed to meet the needs of the developing world and to mitigate climate change – could spur global reflation.
An estimated $6 trillion in infrastructure investment will be needed annually over the next 15 years just to address global warming. Moreover, the G-20 has estimated that an additional $7.1 trillion in annual investment by the nine top economies, will be needed to sustain moderate global growth.
This time the Khazarian controlled IMF would run the show, through the issuance of special drawing rights (SDRs):
With the U.S., the issuer of the world’s pre-eminent reserve currency, unwilling or unable to provide the liquidity needed to close the infrastructure investment gap, a new supplementary reserve currency should be instituted.
Central banks, in order to generate resources, would expand their balance sheets by investing through the IMF in the form of increased SDRs…
They can be invested as such in the World Bank and other multilateral development banks, which can decide which global public goods deserve the resources…
In this way, global public goods can be not only funded; they can also propel global recovery."
It’s the biggest scam of all. Central banks invest in a new world money issued by the IMF called special drawing rights, or SDRs. Then the IMF, the World Bank and others take this money and invest in climate change, infrastructure and other projects they choose.
Soon this new money sloshing around causes inflation and wipes out the real value of existing government debt and in the process your savings.
The elites fund their pet projects, government debt melts away and you pay the bill. Best of all from the elite’s perspective, almost no one understands what’s happening, because the method is highly technical.
SDR Solution for Global Reserve Currency:
A nation with a reserve currency must run massive trade deficits to sustain global trade. The trouble is those massive deficits will ultimately bankrupt the issuing nation. So it must either choose to serve the world, or itself.
The IMF faces not such constraint, because it isn’t a country. Hence the SDR solution for global growth through unlimited spending and printing.
Now the U.S. owns the reserve currency and consequently has to run trade deficits, in order to supply thesedollars to financing world trade. That created their appetite for imports financed by printed dollars. So, problem solved the world got dollars and global trade flourished.
However, running deficits long enough, will end in bankruptcy. Any reserve system based on a local currency would eventually collapse because there would either be too many of them or not enough gold at ‘fixed’ prices to keep the game going. This paradox between deficits and confidence eventually is unsustainable.
The US dollar reserve system broke down in the 1970s. The solution applied was to abolish the dollar-gold peg in 1971, and demonetise gold in 1974.
In 1969 at the time forward looking, the IMF’s Special Drawing Right, SDR were invented. The SDR was a new kind of world money printed by the IMF.
The idea was that it could be used as a reserve currency side by side with the US dollar. This meant that if the U.S. cured its trade deficit, and supplied fewer dollars to the world, any shortfall in reserves could be made up by printing SDRs.
In fact, SDRs were printed and handed out repeatedly during the dollar crisis from 1969–1980. But in the 1970s the illegal petrodollar was invented with the help of Henry Kissinger, in collaboration with the king of Saudi Arabia and some private cabal banksters.
Under the petrodollar system, U.S. interest rates would be high enough to make it without gold an attractive reserve asset, this time actually with oil backing. Under the condition Saudi Arabia kept oil priced in dollars. This “petrodollar deal” meant that countries that wanted to buy oil, needed dollars to pay for it whether they liked the dollar or not.
So, US dollars were used to buy U.S. exports like aircraft, heavy equipment and agricultural produce. The game continued this time without gold. This new Age of King Dollar lasted from 1980–2010. Still, all was based on confidence in the dollar. The U.S. continued to run large trade deficits. World trade lived on dollar reserves with China leading the way.
But this game ended in 2010 with the start of the currency war in the aftermath of the Panic of 2008. Trading partners again were competing for position as they did in the early 1970s. A new systemic collapse is imminent.
Impossible Situation:
The weak dollar of 2011 was designed to stimulate U.S. growth and to keep the world from sinking into a new depression.
It worked for a short while, but the tables turned as most world debt was dominated in USD and had to be repaid in USD, causing the US dollar to strengthen again, while the euro and yen weakened. That gave Japan and Europe some relief, but it came at the expense of the U.S., where growth had slowed down again.
An alternative solution would have been a new gold standard to solve the currency war problem, but that would require a gold price of $10,000 per ounce in order to be non-deflationary.
No central bankster in the world wants that, because it limits their ability to print money and losing the ability to acting as world’s central economic planners.
Two Problems Solved at Once:
But in 1969 already an alternative was created, the SDR from the IMF another Khazarian entity. Now two problems were solved at once, as the reserve currency issuer has to run trade deficits, and ending up being broke. But SDRs are issued by the IMF.
The IMF is not a country and does not have a trade deficit. In theory, the IMF can print SDRs forever and never go broke. The SDRs just go round and round among the IMF members in a closed circuit.
Individuals won’t have SDRs. Only countries will have them in their reserves. These puppet countries have no desire to break the new SDR system, because they’re all in it together.
And as such the Khazarians have created a new lease on time to continue to plunder the wealth and money of citizens, who remain the losers as before, as their local currency is inflated for THEFT.
Once again that is why it is important to be protected by precious metals and other hard assets, but sadly most people will be caught unaware, like the Greeks who lined up at empty ATMs.
This SDR system is so little understood that people won’t know where the inflation is coming from. Elected officials will blame the IMF, but the IMF is unaccountable. That’s the beauty of SDRs, debt problems are inflated away and no one is accountable.
Someone Just Noticed That Trump Is Getting Stuff Done + By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken August 12 2017 | From: Investors / TheGatewayPundit
Achievements: After weeks and months of fixating on tweets and Russia, someone in the press decided to have a look at what the Trump administration has been up to since January. Lo and behold, they discovered that it's getting a lot done.
"Trump Has Quietly Accomplished More Than It Appears" reads the headline in the Atlantic.
"With the Trump administration's chaos sucking up all the attention," the article begins, "it's been able to move forward on a range of its priorities...
It is remaking the justice system, rewriting environmental rules, overhauling public-lands administration, and greenlighting major infrastructure projects.
It is appointing figures who will guarantee the triumph of its ideological vision for decades to come."
It goes on to detail these achievements, many of which we've highlighted on these pages.
Border crossings, for example, have plummeted, even though all Trump has done so far is promise to enforce existing laws.
The Supreme Court approved parts of Trump's travel ban, a success made possible by Trump's appointment of Neil Gorsuch to the bench.
Trump is busy filling lower court positions with conservative justices. Ron Klain, a White House aide to Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, said that Trump "is proving wildly successful in one respect: naming youthful conservative nominees to the federal bench in record-setting numbers."
What else? Well, Trump pulled out of the Paris climate change deal, which as we noted in this space is a yuuuge win for the economy.
The EPA, meanwhile, is dismantling Obama's coal-killing, growth-choking Clean Power Plan, and draining the heavy-handed Waters of the United States rule.
When a veteran EPA official resigned this week, she complained in a letter to her former colleagues that "the new EPA Administrator already has repeals of 30 rules under consideration," which the New York Times described as "a regulatory rollback larger in scope than any other over so short a time in the agency's 47-year history."
Trump promised to kill two regulations for every new one enacted, but in his first six months the ratio was 16-to-1.
Trump also approved the Keystone XL and other pipeline projects held up by Obama. He's also rolled back a ban on coal mining on public lands.
To be sure, Trump hasn't scored a major legislative achievement on signature issues like ObamaCare and tax reform.
The Atlantic writer describes the administration's achievements as something akin to a shadow government. But these actions aren't in the shadows. They're just being ignored by a media that is obsessed with digging up dirt on Trump.
House Judiciary Calls for Investigation Into Comey, Lynch, Clinton
By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken
In July President Trump promoted American made products from all 50 states in the White House including a Stetson cowboy hat from Texas. This was just one of his campaign promises – to buy American goods and to hire American employees.
President Trump started off as aggressive as any President ever in working for the American people as he promised.
In President Trump’s first six months since the election and since his inauguration the US Stock Markets are at record highs and millions of Americans are benefitting in their retirement savings accounts.
Stock Market
The DOW daily closing stock market average has risen 21% since the election on November 8th. (On November 9th the DOW closed at 18,332 - on August 7th the DOW closed at 22,118).
Since the Inauguration on January 20th the DOW is up 12%. (It was at 19,827 at January 20th.)
The DOW took just 66 days to climb from 19,000 to above 21,000, the fastest 2,000 point run ever. The DOW closed above 19,000 for the first time on November 22nd and closed above 21,000 on March 1st.
The DOW closed above 20,000 on January 25th and the March 1st rally matched the fastest-ever 1,000 point increase in the DOW at 24 days.
On Monday August 7th President Trump oversaw the 2nd stock market rally of his Presidency of 9 or more days in a row of all time closing highs. No President has ever overseen 2 such rallies!
The S&P 500 and the NASDAQ have both set new all-time highs during this period.
The S&P 500 also broke $20 Trillion for the first time in its history.
(Under President Obama the stock market tanked after his election by nearly 3,000 points or 33% but recovered back to its starting point by August 8th in his first 200 days. The market was still well under its all time high by more than 4,000 points.)
According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump added a projected 1,290,000 jobs in his first 200 days (January through July 2017.) President Obama on the other hand lost more than (4,154,000) million jobs in his first 200 days.
Unemployment
Also according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump decreased the unemployment rate since his inauguration from 4.8% to 4.3% (January through July 2017).
The unemployment rate in January 2017 was 4.8% and by July it was down to 4.3%. President Obama on the other hand moved in the opposite direction. In his first 200 days as President the US unemployment rate increased nearly each month from 7.8% in January 2009 to 9.5% by July of 2009.
Inflation
According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics the US inflation rate decreased to an eight month low in June to 1.6%. This is in part due to President Trump’s energy policies that are helping average Americans in their pocket books with cheaper gas and electricity.
The rate has not yet been reported for July. (Under Obama the inflation rate sank to a scary -2.1% by July of 2009.)
Housing Sales
Housing sales are red-hot in the US right now. In 2011, houses for sale were on the market an average 84 days. This year, it’s just 45 days.
According to the US Census Bureau, there were nearly twice as many US housing sales in the past couple of months as there were under President Obama in 2009 during the same time period. (The annualized housing sales rate for June 2017 are reported at 610,000 where in 2009 this amount was only 393,000.)
Decrease in Regulations
One of the first things that President Trump did in office was to reduce the number or burdensome regulations put in place during the Obama era. In January President Trump signed his 2 for 1 executive order mandating that for every new regulation, two regulations needed to be revoked.
Even far left Politico notes that significant new federal regulations since Trump’s inauguration have slowed to an almost total halt.
Regulations cost Americans and American companies money to implement and maintain. Reducing or halting regulations allows companies to spend their money on more prudent money making areas.
President Trump is donating his paycheck. He gets nothing from us for all of this work
He killed the TPP
He pulled out of the Paris accord
He had a major victory on sugar exports from Mexico. Made Mexico drop the exports % and the amount of refined sugar. Will help our sugar industry and the US sugar mills that produce refined sugar from raw sugar
He notified Congress of NAFTA renegotiation on May 18th. Talks can start 90 days later on Aug 16th, 2017
He opened up selling beef to China and LNG gas as well as giving a way to get 1 billion Chinese credit scores so the USA can offer them credit. Trade deal was done in record time
Secretary Ross slapped more than $2 billion in fines on China and Canada for illegal trade practices
He repealed 14 Obama regulations via CRA saving $ billions in costs to the economy
North Dakota experiencing a boom since Dakota access pipeline finished (500,000 Barrels now flowing through pipeline per day)
Keystone pipeline construction ongoing
Mining, steel and oil/gas jobs booming
Mines reopening
He launched the United States-Canada Council for Advancement of Women Entrepreneurs and Business Leaders with Canadian PM Justin Trudeau
He cut $1.6 billion costs from Air Force one and F-35 airplanes
He put a regulatory freeze on all federal governmental agencies
Food Stamp spending is down almost $1 billion per month and $12 billion per year per USAD
6,000 MS-13 gang members arrested in first 5 months
66,000 mostly criminal illegals arrested by ICE in first 5 months
TRAVEL BAN upheld by SCOTUS by 9-0 ruling. Extreme vetting will now become law of the land
See many more positive actions at the link above
Congressional Actions
The one material action taken by Congress was to confirm Justice Gorsuch to SCOTUS!
39+ bills have been signed into law so far
Obamacare repeal and replace passed the House but remains stuck in the Senate
Tax cuts and tax reform are moving through Congress
Returned power to make decisions on “transgender bathrooms” to states
The Senate voted for VA accountability act – A major victory for Trump agenda signed into law on 06/23/17
The President also pointed out numerous times that the MSM (Main Stream Media) reports only on a made up Russia conspiracy story and ignores these accomplishments.
These actions are making the majority of Americans aware of the tremendous bias and falsehoods emanating from the media in the US and abroad. This too is another major Trump accomplishment.
In Summary
President Trump is doing all he can for the American people and as a result the economic results are incredible. In nearly every category the economy is improving under President Trump especially when compared to the same time period for President Obama.
In spite of Congress’s somewhat pathetic results to date President Trump is providing Americans positive and historic results and hope for the future.
Something Very Strange About The Media Black Out On Major PedoGate Arrests - Worldwide Crackdowns Happening Now & Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’ August 12 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / DCClothesline / Various
On July 20, 2017, the DOJ issued a statement on their website about the take down of two of the largest "Dark web" market places, AlphaBay and Hansa.
Both had been "used to sell deadly illegal drugs, stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms, and toxic chemicals throughout the world."
"According to publicly availableinformation on AlphaBay prior to its takedown, one AlphaBay staff member claimed that it serviced over 200,000 users and 40,000 vendors.
Around the time of takedown, there were over 250,000 listings for illegal drugs and toxic chemicals on AlphaBay, and over 100,000 listings for stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms and fraudulent services.
Comparatively, the Silk Road dark web marketplace, which was seized by law enforcement in November 2013, had reportedly approximately 14,000 listings for illicit goods and services at the time of seizure and was the largest dark web marketplace at the time.
“This is likely one of the most important criminal investigations of the year – taking down the largest dark net marketplace in history,” said Attorney General Jeff Sessions.
“Make no mistake, the forces of law and justice face a new challenge from the criminals and transnational criminal organizations who think they can commit their crimes with impunity using the dark net. The dark net is not a place to hide.
The Department will continue to find, arrest, prosecute, convict, and incarcerate criminals, drug traffickers and their enablers wherever they are.
We will use every tool we have to stop criminals from exploiting vulnerable people and sending so many Americans to an early grave. I believe that because of this operation, the American people are safer – safer from the threat of identity fraud and malware, and safer from deadly drugs.”
The operation against AlphaBay was led by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) and the Dutch National Police, with the support of Europol. The operation against Hansa was led by Dutch authorities.
What caught my interest regarding this latest massive operation against internet crime on the Dark Web was the claim found at a website called Conservative Base, which reported one of these Dark Net marketplaces were connected to the crowdsourcing campaign that ANP reported on in December 2016, for "Terminating both Donald Trump and Mike Pence," where Dark Web users were collecting funds to assassinated the then President Elect and the VP elect.
In attempting to verify the connection between the operation that took down these two Dark Web market places and the campaign against President Trump and VP Pence, I ran across what has to be the most under-reported (at least in the MSM) blockbusters from May 2017, where 900 suspected pedophiles were arrested after a two year investigation, with over 350 sexually abused children identified or rescued, and the child porn kingpin was sentenced to 30 years in prison.
Major Pedophilia Network Update Ignored by the Media
The Dark Web site was called "Playpen," and was taken down in 2015, but that take down spawned thousands of investigations, the results of which was announced on the FBI website on May 5, 2017.
"Arresting Playpen’s administrators, however, was only the beginning. In January 2015, the FBI, in partnership with the Department of Justice Child Exploitation and Obscenity Section, launched Operation Pacifier - an effort to go after Playpen’s thousands of members.
Using a court-approved network investigative technique, agents uncovered IP addresses and other information that helped locate and identify users. Investigators sent more than 1,000 leads to FBI field offices around the country and thousands more to overseas partners", Alfin said.
It is interesting how the FBI phrases that particular part of the narrative, as we note the methods they utilized as their investigative technique, was quite controversial at the time.
"The FBI has been criticized for what it called a “court-approved network investigative technique” used to unearth information about the suspects. It emerged that the agency, with court approval, seized and ran the pedophile website for 13 days in February 2015.
The FBI’s command of the Playpen site enabled the agency to infect over 8,000 users’ computers with malware and hack them. Notably, the site was said to be more efficient and even experienced a boost in audience numbers with the FBI in charge of its content.
The criticism leveled at the FBI by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, was "The warrant here did not identify any particular person to search or seize. Nor did it identify any specific user of the targeted website," but as Peter Adolf, an assistant federal defender in the Western District of North Carolina, writes in a motion trying to get the charges thrown out.
"The FBI distributed child pornography to viewers and downloaders worldwide for nearly two weeks, until at least March 4, 2015, even working to improve the performance of the website beyond its original capability."
According to that motion, "As a result, the number of visitors to Playpen while it was under Government control [increased] from an average of 11,000 weekly visitors to approximately 50,000 per week.
During those two weeks, the website's membership grew by over 30%, the number of unique weekly visitors to the site more than quadrupled, and approximately 200 videos, 9,000 images, and 13,000 links to child pornography were posted on the site."
While I am not going to feel sorry for members that visit child porn sites and the fact that the FBI infected their computers in order to track them down, I have a real problem with the fact that rather than just doing that, the FBI under the directorship of James Comey, actually provided hundreds of new videos, thousands of new child porn images to those sickos, and 13,000 new links to child pornography.
To top it off federal prosecutors in Seattle are dropping the charges against one of the men charged with accessing Playpen, because they do not want to reveal the source code for the "network investigative technique" (NIT) that the FBI used to get around the Tor anonymizing software shielding Playpen's visitors, according to Reason.
Reason.com concludes their article with the following:
"Lough, by the way, originally pleaded guilty to a single count of possessing child pornography, which under federal law is punishable by up to 10 years in prison but carries no mandatory minimum.
The FBI agents who ran Playpen for two weeks, by contrast, committed multiple counts of distributing child pornography, which is punishable by up to 20 years in prison and carries a five-year mandatory minimum."
While allowing the case to proceed one federal judge in Tacoma did say that the federal government "acted outrageously," in running the Playpen child porn website and providing new material for two weeks to pedophiles.
Now for the Strange Part
The MSM, busy screaming about Russia and opining about every aspect of the Trump administration, seems to be missing in action in regards to this story.
Nothing from CNN, New York Times, and limited local coverage regarding the FBI's May 2017 announcement that nearly 900 suspected pedophiles have been arrested, 350 of them in the U.S. or that nearly 350 children have been identified or rescued, 55 of them in the U.S., or that 25 U.S. producers of child pornography have been prosecuted or that 51 U.S. hands on abusers have been prosecuted.
Multiple searches, both web and specifying "news" and we find sites like Inquistr, RT, Daily Mail, Press TV, Breitbart, but nothing from the establishment media on one of the biggest storys regarding Pedogate seen to date, with only the Washington Post giving it one paragraph under another story, without even giving it its own headline. (Archive.is link to that Wapo story)
This is all they had to say about it:
"Creator of child-porn site sentenced: A Florida man who federal prosecutors said was the creator and lead administrator of what’s thought to be the world’s largest child-pornography website has been sentenced to 30 years in prison, the FBI announced Friday.
Steven W. Chase, 58, of Naples, Fla., was sentenced this week in a federal courtroom in North Carolina on multiple child-pornography and child-exploitation charges. Two codefendants who also were identified as administrators of the website - Michael Fluckiger, 46, of Indiana, and David Browning, 47, of Kentucky - each received 20-year prison terms earlier this year.
The website Playpen Chase, created in August 2014, had more than 150,000 users around the world", the FBI said.
Nothing about the 900 arrests, the identified or rescued children, nothing about the U.S. based abusers prosecuted, or the U.S. producers of child pornography being prosecuted.
Could it be because reporting on this doesn't further the corporate media's "crusade" to normalize pedophilia? Who can forget the liberal website Salon's attempt to normalize and garner sympathy for pedophiles, in an article that has since been removed, but can still be accessed with archive.is, titled "I’m a pedophile, but not a monster."
One of the major aspects of the arrests reported on above are their connection to the Dark Web and how it is used to connect a network of pedophiles with those publishing and producing the sickening videos, links and images of children being sexually abused.
But the media's apparent refusal to report on pedophilia networks and arrests appears to stem from the fact that it doesn't fit their campaign of normalizing this crime and behavior.
AlphaBay, The Largest Online ‘Dark Market,’ Shut Down
Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’
A report of a missing teenager in Tulare County, California, in late 2016 culminated into the uncovering of one of the largest sex trafficking rings in the Western United States, according to an announcement by the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department on Thursday.
Thirteen young women and girls, including the missing teen, were freed from captivity as a result of the extensive investigation.
The missing teenager’s disappearance, and subsequent discovery in a West Hollywood apartment in January, led investigators in the LA Sheriff’s Department to discover an extensive human sex trafficking network that extended from Nevada to California. During the course of the investigation, detectives discovered the ring used apartments in dozens of communities, including Burbank, West Hollywood, and Las Vegas, as brothels.
“Years ago, a human trafficking case of this magnitude was not likely,” Los Angeles County Sheriff Jim McDonnell said in a news conference in downtown. “We knew the more we looked, the more we would find.”
"The six-month investigation by the Tulare County Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force, and the California Department of Justice, has led to two arrests so far. Quinton Brown, 30, of Highland, and Gerald Turner, 32, of Fresno, were arrested on suspicion of 54 charges relating to sex trafficking, pimping, pandering, grand theft and identity theft.
The complaint, filed Wednesday by the California Attorney General’s office, alleges that Brown lured victims from the Central Valley as far back as in October and trafficked them throughout the state. Investigators also said:
The 13 victims include eight minors who were sold for commercial sex.
A 2017 Maserati Ghibli, a 2017 Maserati Levante, and a 2016 Porsche Panamera, all confiscated by investigators, were used in the ring and obtained through fraudulent means.
Eight people were victims of identity theft.
16 sites across California and in Nevada were used as brothels as part of the ring."
Mia McNeil, 32, who police believe rented the apartments/brothels remains at large, according to McDonnell. Additionally, law enforcement believes she also leased high-end luxury vehicles to transport the ring’s sex slaves without raising suspicion.
elated: Reddit Bans ‘Pizzagate’ Investigation into D.C.-area Child Sex Ring - Labels it a ‘Witch Hunt’
McDonnell said that detectives uncovered that Brown and Turner “would traffic the victims in plain sight,” using the Internet to advertise the women they were attempting to sell.
“They are as young as 15 years old, bought and sold for commercial sex,” according to McDonnell.
Surprisingly, most of the victims of sex trafficking are born and raised in the U.S. At the news conference, California Attorney General Xavier Becerra said 72 percent of the victims found in California say they are American.
“Human trafficking, which includes sex and labor trafficking, is one of the fasting growing crimes in the world. Its reach is not limited to foreign countries,” Becerra said. “In California, human trafficking is reported here in our state more than in any other.”
Law enforcement said the investigation is ongoing, as they attempt to uncover and arrest the individuals who solicited the young women and teenage sex slaves.
"The predators online that are looking for an 11 year old … these people are not the traditional johns that most people think of,” McDonnell said. “These are predators. These are child molesters that are out there taking advantage of some of the most vulnerable in society.”
The Los Angeles Daily News reports that:
"Since the Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force was established in 2015, there have been 697 arrests, and of those, about 30 percent were male buyers. In addition, there have been 185 victims rescued, a majority of them youths who were sex trafficked.
Tulare County Sheriff Mike Boudreaux said he has since met with one of the victims rescued, and she has received help and is back in school. But he implored parents to watch their children carefully, especially while they are on their mobile phones."
“To the parents, be vigilant,” Boudreaux said during the press conference. “Pay attention to what your children are doing online. Social networking is an environment for predators to prey on and exploit the innocence of our children.”
Of course, when even those tasked with protecting children - such as Raymond Liddy, 53, a California deputy attorney general - are arrested on charges of possessing child pornography; who is left to actually look out for the welfare and safety of the children?
In addition to being a California state prosecutor, Liddy is the son of a prominent Watergate figure - G. Gordon Liddy - who was an operative in President Richard Nixon‘s campaign attempt to burglarize the Democratic National Committee.
Raymond Liddy was arrested at his home and was charged in federal court with possessing images of minors engaged in sexually explicit conduct, according to federal court documents obtained by Heavy.
He was subsequently released from custody and placed on home detention with GPS monitoring after posting a $100,000 bond during his arraignment.
Even after taking down “one of the largest human trafficking rings on the West Coast,” there is a virtual certainty that this bust only barely scratches the surface.
When high-level officials, tasked with prosecuting those that break the law, are accused of being the ones preying upon the innocent and weakest in society it makes one seriously question who is actually looking out for the victims.
Please share this story in an effort to raise awareness about the extreme scope of this constant and pervasive societal problem of the sexual trafficking of children!
Harvard Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Pose No Risk & Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination August 11 2017 | From: NeonNettle / MetaCenterChicago / Various
Dear Legislator: My name is Tetyana Obukhanych. I hold a PhD in Immunology. I am writing this letter in the hope that it will correct several common misperceptions about vaccines in order to help you formulate a fair and balanced understanding that is supported by accepted vaccine theory and new scientific findings.
Do unvaccinated children pose a higher threat to the public than the vaccinated?
It is often stated that those who choose not to vaccinate their children for reasons of conscience endanger the rest of the public, and this is the rationale behind most of the legislation to end vaccine exemptions currently being considered by federal and state legislators country-wide.
You should be aware that the nature of protection afforded by many modern vaccines – and that includes most of the vaccines recommended by the CDC for children – is not consistent with such a statement.
I have outlined below the recommended vaccines that cannot prevent transmission of disease either because they are not designed to prevent the transmission of infection (rather, they are intended to prevent disease symptoms), or because they are for non-communicable diseases.
People who have not received the vaccines mentioned below pose no higher threat to the general public than those who have, implying that discrimination against non-immunized children in a public school setting may not be warranted.
IPV (inactivated poliovirus vaccine) cannot prevent transmission of poliovirus (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #1). Wild poliovirus has been non-existent in the USA for at least two decades.
Even if wild poliovirus were to be re-imported by travel, vaccinating for polio with IPV cannot affect the safety of public spaces.
Please note that wild poliovirus eradication is attributed to the use of a different vaccine, OPV or oral poliovirus vaccine.
Despite being capable of preventing wild poliovirus transmission, use of OPV was phased out long ago in the USA and replaced with IPV due to safety concerns.
Tetanus is not a contagious disease, but rather acquired from deep-puncture wounds contaminated with C. tetani spores.
Vaccinating for tetanus (via the DTaP combination vaccine) cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is intended to render personal protection only. While intended to prevent the disease-causing effects of the diphtheria toxin, the diphtheria toxoid vaccine (also contained in the DTaP vaccine) is not designed to prevent colonization and transmission of C. diphtheriae.
Vaccinating for diphtheria cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is likewise intended for personal protection only. The acellular pertussis (aP) vaccine (the final element of the DTaP combined vaccine), now in use in the USA, replaced the whole cell pertussis vaccine in the late 1990s, which was followed by an unprecedented resurgence of whooping cough.
An experiment with deliberate pertussis infection in primates revealed that the aP vaccine is not capable of preventing colonization and transmission of B. pertussis (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #2). The FDA has issued a warning regarding this crucial finding.
Furthermore, the 2013 meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors at the CDC revealed additional alarming data that pertussis variants (PRN-negative strains) currently circulating in the USA acquired a selective advantage to infect those who are up-to-date for their DTaP boosters (see appendix for the CDC document, Item #3), meaning that people who are up-to-date are more likely to be infected, and thus contagious, than people who are not vaccinated.
Among numerous types of H. influenzae, the Hib vaccine covers only type b. Despite its sole intention to reduce symptomatic and asymptomatic (disease-less) Hib carriage, the introduction of the Hib vaccine has inadvertently shifted strain dominance towards other types of H. influenzae (types a through f).
These types have been causing invasive disease of high severity and increasing incidence in adults in the era of Hib vaccination of children (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #4). The general population is more vulnerable to the invasive disease now than it was prior to the start of the Hib vaccination campaign.
Discriminating against children who are not vaccinated for Hib does not make any scientific sense in the era of non-type b H. influenzae disease.
Hepatitis B is a blood-borne virus. It does not spread in a community setting, especially among children who are unlikely to engage in high-risk behaviors, such as needle sharing or sex.
Vaccinating children for hepatitis B cannot significantly alter the safety of public spaces. Further, school admission is not prohibited for children who are chronic hepatitis B carriers.
To prohibit school admission for those who are simply unvaccinated – and do not even carry hepatitis B – would constitute unreasonable and illogical discrimination.
In summary, a person who is not vaccinated with IPV, DTaP, HepB, and Hib vaccines due to reasons of conscience poses no extra danger to the public than a person who is. No discrimination is warranted.
How Often do Serious Vaccine Adverse Events Happen?
It is often stated that vaccination rarely leads to serious adverse events. Unfortunately, this statement is not supported by science.
A recent study done in Ontario, Canada, established that vaccination actually leads to an emergency room visit for 1 in 168 children following their 12-month vaccination appointment and for 1 in 730 children following their 18-month vaccination appointment (see appendix for a scientific study, Item #5).
When the risk of an adverse event requiring an ER visit after well-baby vaccinations is demonstrably so high, vaccination must remain a choice for parents, who may understandably be unwilling to assume this immediate risk in order to protect their children from diseases that are generally considered mild or that their children may never be exposed to.
Can Discrimination Against Families Who Oppose Vaccines for Reasons of Conscience Prevent Future Disease Outbreaks of Communicable Viral Diseases, Such as Measles?
Measles research scientists have for a long time been aware of the “measles paradox.” I quote from the article by Poland & Jacobson (1994)
"Failure to Reach the Goal of Measles Elimination: Apparent Paradox of Measles Infections in Immunized Persons.”
Arch Intern Med 154:1815-1820: “The apparent paradox is that as measles immunization rates rise to high levels in a population, measles becomes a disease of immunized persons.”
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Low-responders are those who respond poorly to the first dose of the measles vaccine. These individuals then mount a weak immune response to subsequent RE-vaccination and quickly return to the pool of “susceptibles’’ within 2-5 years, despite being fully vaccinated.
Re-vaccination cannot correct low-responsiveness: it appears to be an immunogenetic trait.
Dr. Tenpenny ‘We’re Heading Towards Full Scale Medical Tyranny’
The proportion of low-responders among children was estimated to be 4.7% in the USA. Studies of measles outbreaks in Quebec, Canada, and China attest that outbreaks of measles still happen, even when vaccination compliance is in the highest bracket (95-97% or even 99%, see appendix for scientific studies, Items #6&7).
This is because even in high vaccine responders, vaccine-induced antibodies wane over time. Vaccine immunity does not equal life-long immunity acquired after natural exposure.
It has been documented that vaccinated persons who develop breakthrough measles are contagious.
In fact, two major measles outbreaks in 2011 (in Quebec, Canada, and in New York, NY) were re-imported by previously vaccinated individuals.
Taken together, these data make it apparent that elimination of vaccine exemptions, currently only utilized by a small percentage of families anyway, will neither solve the problem of disease resurgence nor prevent re-importation and outbreaks of previously eliminated diseases.
Is Discrimination Against Conscientious Vaccine Objectors the Only Practical Solution?
The majority of measles cases in recent US outbreaks (including the recent Disneyland outbreak) are adults and very young babies, whereas, in the pre-vaccination era, measles occurred mainly between the ages 1 and 15.
Natural exposure to measles was followed by lifelong immunity from re-infection, whereas vaccine immunity wanes over time, leaving adults unprotected by their childhood shots.
Measles is more dangerous for infants and for adults than for school-aged children. Despite high chances of exposure in the pre-vaccination era, measles practically never happened in babies much younger than one year of age due to the robust maternal immunity transfer mechanism.
Dr. Leonard Coldwell - Vaccines are used to Sterilize and Cull the Population
Dr. Leonard Coldwell talks about how vaccines don't work and how they are designed to cause infertility and wreck havoc on the human physiology.
The vulnerability of very young babies to measles today is the direct outcome of the prolonged mass vaccination campaign of the past, during which their mothers, themselves vaccinated in their childhood, were not able to experience measles naturally at a safe school age and establish the lifelong immunity that would also be transferred to their babies and protect them from measles for the first year of life.
Luckily, a therapeutic backup exists to mimic now-eroded maternal immunity. Infants, as well as other vulnerable or immunocompromised individuals, are eligible to receive immunoglobulin, a potentially life-saving measure that supplies antibodies directed against the virus to prevent or ameliorate disease upon exposure (see appendix, Item #8).
In Summary
1. Due to the properties of modern vaccines, non-vaccinated individuals pose no greater risk of transmission of polio, diphtheria, pertussis, and numerous non-type b H. influenza strains than vaccinated individuals do, non-vaccinated individuals pose virtually no danger of transmission of hepatitis B in a school setting, and tetanus is not transmissible at all;
2. There is a significantly elevated risk of emergency room visits after childhood vaccination appointments attesting that vaccination is not risk-free;
3. Outbreaks of measles cannot be entirely prevented even if we had nearly perfect vaccination compliance; and
4. An effective method of preventing measles and other viral diseases in vaccine-ineligible infants and the immunocompromised, immunoglobulin, is available for those who may be exposed to these diseases.
Taken together, these four facts make it clear that discrimination in a public school setting against children who are not vaccinated for reasons of conscience is completely unwarranted as the vaccine status of conscientious objectors poses no undue public health risk.
Sincerely Yours,
Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD
Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD, is the author of the book Vaccine Illusion. She has studied immunology in some of the world’s most prestigious medical institutions.
She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA and Stanford University in California.
Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, Ph.D. - Natural Immunity and Vaccination
Dr Tetyana Obukhanych is the author of Vaccine Illusion: How Vaccination Compromises Our Natural Immunity and What We Can Do to Regain Our Health. In her book, she presents a view on vaccination that is radically different from mainstream theories.
Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, has studied immunology in some of the world's most prestigious medical institutions. She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA. and Stanford University in California.
Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination
Protests took place around Europe as some EU countries, including Austria, consider making vaccinations compulsory.
Austrians protested in Vienna on May 6th, and Poles did likewise on June 3rd, which last year the Czechs designated ‘Light a Candle’ day to commemorate the lives lost or damaged because of vaccination.
The Italians demonstrated against compulsory vaccination last March, and protests have also taken place in Croatia - where vaccines are already mandatory.
The European Forum for Vaccine Vigilance, which is helping to co-ordinate the protests, describes compulsory vaccination as a breach of fundamental human rights. It says that “a number of European countries” are considering making childhood vaccination mandatory.
Asset, a pro-vaccine group, does not believe that a compulsory programme is the way to go. The group says that vaccination levels are not necessarily higher in countries where it is compulsory; Latvia, for instance, doesn’t have a higher take-up rate than other Baltic states even though parents are legally obliged to have their children vaccinated.
Instead, some countries fine parents who don’t get their children vaccinated, while others make attendance at school more difficult. In France, two parents were jailed after refusing to have their child vaccinated. To find out more about the protests, go to: www.efvv.eu
Further Information:
Trust needs to be won back by the pharmaceuticals, the vaccine skeptics do not trust that industry, here’s a classic example of why, in a leaked pharma memo about a specific vaccine, the pharmaceutical essentially admits that bad batches of this vaccine cause SIDS and then recommends to split the batches up so as you don’t get a cluster of deaths in the same area which can easily be traced to the vaccine.
That is,
nstead of fixing the vaccine, he was happy to continue sending out the dangerous vaccine as long as they don’t be caught.
The so-called ‘anti-vaccine’ side gets misrepresented by the mainstream media, they are constantly setting up an ‘anti-vaccine’ strawman and then knocking it down with industry marketing and propaganda disguised as science.
I’ve been involved in this for many years, going deep into the research and the debate, the major problems are that vaccines aren’t being tested properly, nor is the schedule, unvaccinated people aren’t being studied, vaccines are being studied one at a time, not using real controls in safety studies, not looking long-term. In 2017 vaccines are a shot in the dark!
The only way to work out what’s going on is to do the research for yourself, as the system and media has been setup by Big Pharma. That means going to the independent experts, not Big Pharma vaccine patent holder (i.e. making millions from vaccines) ‘experts’ like Paul Offit who the mainstream media go to.
I’ve posted up presentations from the independent experts below, anyone who watches those all the way through will never vaccinate again.
The media cannot be trusted, they have been compromised, and unfortunately vaccine science has also been compromised, as the doctors below will confirm for you.
My friend lost his baby brother from vaccine induced SIDS. The parents took them to court and got a tiny bit of compensation. During the trial the head of the company admitted that he has not vaccinated his own children.
So why the fuck should we. Producing vaccines that are a cure all would conflict severely with their interests in manufacturing drugs to manage symptoms and make people better once they are sick.
The elite rarely vaccinate, even many Hollywood celebrities are avoiding vaccination, somehow they know too much, they know how the game works.
Vaccines are essentially a way of placing taxes on the herd, taxes which get paid to Big Pharma, the price of the vaccine is just the tip of the iceberg, the real money they make is in the lifelong diseases which vaccines regularly induce, highly profitable diseases which leave people as customers to Big Pharma for life.
Many doctors I’ve spoken too don’t vaccinate their own children, but they are forced by the system to continue pushing the madness on others.
Related Articles: Italy in the Crosshairs for Mandatory Vaccination Strategy in Europe
New Zealand Tops List Of Developed Countries With Most Homeless - Thanks National You Do Us Proud & More Local Muck August 10 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / RadioNewZealand / Various
Well congratulations National Government / Corporation, you’ve now put us on another dubious ‘honour’ list. Most homeless?
Two homeless gentlemen recently dying in the winter cold even. Highest youth suicide. Highest child poverty. Well done John Key. Well done Bill English. You do us proud. What next are we going to excel in?
Who next can you simply kick to the curb with your boot that’s looking increasingly fascist these days? Twenty billion to weapons and war, and only one to housing?
Whilst you land bank our state homes, 42K people sleep in tents, garages and cars. Your monetary priorities say it all. You’ve ushered in neo-liberalism on steroids. You’ve trashed not only the people but the environment as well. And what use is any economy with neither of those?
NZ Tops List of Developed Countries with Most Homeless
Social Housing Minister Amy Adams is rejecting an American University survey that puts New Zealand at the top of a list of developed countries for homelessness.
It found about 40,000 people are either living on the street, in emergency housing, or shelter considered sub-standard.
The report does note that getting an accurate picture of homeless is challenging, because many countries define homelessness in different ways. Ms Adams said the findings should be treated with a high degree of caution, as the survey did not have consistent comparisons from country to country.
"They're not comparing apples with apples and to suggest that is our number of homeless is quite wrong."
She said government estimates were that the number was closer to 4,000.
Excerpt From: "As Cities Grow Worldwide, So Do the Numbers of Homeless" (Yale University)
"... Homelessness rates reported in most developed countries, including those in shelters and on the streets, are comparatively low. The proportions of homeless among OECD countries, for example, are below 1 percent.
The highest rate, nearly 1 percent, is in New Zealand, where more than 40,000 people live on the streets or in emergency housing or substandard shelters.
Ten countries, including Italy, Japan and Spain, report homeless rates of less than a 10th of 1 percent. While rates in wealthy developed nations are small, they represent large numbers of homeless persons, more than 500,000 in the United States and more than 100,000 in Australia and France.
Trends in homelessness among OECD countries with available data are mixed. In recent years rates of homelessness are reported to have increased in Denmark, England, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and New Zealand, while decreasing in Finland and the United States. ..."
But Labour's Phil Twyford said the survey was further evidence of the government's failure on housing. He was critical of the fact the government was now spending $140,000 a day on motels to house people.
"There are 30 times as many families needing emergency housing in motels than the government expected.
The cost has risen by two-thirds in just half a year", said Mr Twyford, "from $7.7 million in December to $12.6 million in June."
He said it showed how out of touch National was with the scale of New Zealand's housing shortage.
John Key, Clinton Foundation & Real Reasons NZ Has A Housing Crisis
"Families living in motels, cars, and garages; a record waiting list for state houses; Auckland City Mission forced to turn people away; homeless people dying in the street - these are the human costs of National's housing crisis."
But Ms Adams was making no apology for continuing to pay for motel rooms.
"While motels are not ideal, they are warm and dry, and preferable to families sleeping rough during the coldest months of the year.
Our priority is that those in urgent need have a place to stay while we secure them a social house."
She insisted the government was making progress housing New Zealand's most vulnerable, citing a report showing there is more social housing available than three months ago.
"Under the Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary August 10 2017 | From:
The 'powers that be' do all they can to hide real history using the New Zealand equivalent of the US Smithsonian.
All evidence contrary to 'established fact' is ignored, debunked, destroyed, or hidden away. This pattern is repeated all over the world. The Vatican hides her library of treasures. The Egyptians claim the Great Pyramids were built by slaves pulling ropes. Noah's Ark is 'just an old myth'.
The quest for the earliest inhabitants of New Zealand continues with Gabi Plumm’s search under the layers of lava, volcanic ash, sand and embargoes to discover the truth about discarded history, destroyed archaeological records and hidden data that show just howmuch information is being kept from New Zealand’s people.
And who is doing the hiding?
This fascinating documentary takes us back to our planet’s oldest people: their origins and their incredible voyages across oceans and seas, the natural catastrophes that have wiped out whole nations leaving barren earth barely fit for habitation, the dogged survival techniques of people forced to become warriors to protect their families, and the resulting archaeological discoveries that remain to tell the tale.
But this history is being hidden from New Zealanders, they are not taught about their ancient ancestry; decisions have been made to keep the truth hidden and write only what suits a political agenda.
But, Gabi has uncovered information that can no longer be suppressed, will she be allowed to share it with the world, or will it, too, be removed from the shelves and filed under ’fiction’?
There is a world beyond what the history books tell us, and Gabi is determined to find out what should have been written and what has been left out.
Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering August 9 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Various
Over the past few years, the issue of geoengineering has been popularized. Mainstream media, academia, and government almost unanimously support the idea of geoengineering as a perceived solution to climate change while suppressing the evidence that it has actually been in use for some time without our consent.
On the other hand, there is a growing number of people who are slowly beginning to understand the reality surrounding chemtrail geoengineering, and opposition is slowly growing.
Firstly, computer theorist and founding partner of tech company Applied Invention, Danny Hillis, came on stage and proposed a number of geoengineering concepts which could theoretically, “turn down the temperature of the earth.”
These included sending giant parasols into space, putting fizzy water into the ocean, and sending chalk into the atmosphere at a rate of 10 teragrams per year to reflect sunlight and in theory slow the effects of climate change.
Now enters Kate Marvel with the opening line, “Danny, you seem so nice, and I hope we can be friends, and you terrify me.”
"Geoengineering is like going to a doctor who says ‘You have a fever, I know exactly why you have a fever, and we’re not going to treat that. We’re going to give you ibuprofen, and also your nose is going to fall off.”
Marvel also noted that atmospheric spraying would not do anything to effect other environmental problems such as ocean acidification.
"Reducing the amount of sunlight we get is really problematic…it won’t do anything about [other climate effects like] ocean acidification”
- Kate Marvel
Evidence Mounts Exposing The Dangers Of Cloud Seeding
GeoEngineering refers to technologies which are used with the intention of interfering with the earth’s atmosphere in order to alter temperatures and climate.
Most of these technologies are still in theoretical stages, however a growing body of evidence suggests that some weather modification technologies such as aerosol spraying or “cloud seeding” have been in production for many decades.
Blatant And Inarguable Geoengineering Jet Spraying Captured On Film
Almost no studies have been done which assess the effect that cloud seeding has on environmental safety or human health, which shows that the government has been using untested technologies on the population without our consent.
In 2016, CIA Director John O. Brennan spoke at a Council on Foreign Relations conference about the benefits of geoengineering. However, any mention of potential negative impacts as a result of cloud seeding was conveniently left out.
"Another example is the array of technologies, often referred to collectively as GeoEngineering, that could potentially help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.
One that has gained my personal attention is Stratospheric Aerosol Injection, or “SAI;” a method of seeding the stratosphere with particles that can help reflect the sun’s heat.”
- John O. Brennan
Although we are all hearing from establishment figures like Brennan that climate engineering is a new technology which we all have the option to accept or decline before it is implemented, that is simply not the case.
Evidence going as far back as the early 1920’s shows a push to develop the technology needed to control the weather and has been implemented in some form since at least the 1970’s.
"The Federal Government has been involved for over 30 years in a number of aspects of weather modification, through activities of both the Congress and the executive branch.
Since 1947, weather modification bills pertaining to research support, operations, policy studies, regulations, liabilities, activity reporting, establishment of panels and committees, and international concerns have been introduced in the Congress.
There have been hearings on many of these proposed measures, and oversight hearings have also been conducted on pertinent ongoing programs.”
Climate Change Alarmism Opens The Door To Reactionary Solutions Such As SRM
The geoengineering debate can be summed up in three words: “Problem, Reaction, Solution.”
First, the dire problem of Climate Change is presented by figures like Al Gore, then a reaction is generated from the public in the form of “Climate Can’t Wait!” slogans and public unrest, then the solution of GeoEngineering is presented which gives more power to the powerful and hurts the people in the form of environmental degradation and potential health implications which the document from earlier lists as:
"1. Cloud seeding has been responsible for the great 5-year drought in the Northeast United States.
2. Isolated sections in the Northeast have experienced 18 years of drought due to cloud seeding.
3. Weather disturbances in the South Atlantic [sic] have been eliminated and has reduced [sic] the east coast’s rainfall by 30 percent – rain that is needed if agriculture is to be successful.
4. The average dairy farmer on the east coast, living in an area of cloud seeding, has averaged a net financial loss because of cloud seeding.
5. Crop production losses in Franklin County, Pa., alone have amounted to $50 Million.
6. When effects of seeding wear off, cloudbursts occur, causing floods, destroying crops, buildings, and drowning people as well as livestock.
7. Seeding has been responsible for the serious air pollution problems.
8. Mental retardation and insanity are traceable to cloud seeding chemicals.
9. Poisoning of all living matter is directly related to cloud seeding.
10. Emphysema is three times higher in areas of heavy cloud seeding.
11. Cancer is virulently out of proportion.
12. Financial losses to agriculture and related industries run into the billions.
13. Forest trees as well as cultivated orchards are dying from chemical reactions taking place in the air due to the addition of cloud seeding agents.”
There are real solutions to environmental problems which don’t end up harming us or the environment further. It is time for people to stand up for themselves and reject dangerous and untested technologies like these.
Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, and federal agents surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.
They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”
Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.
There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.
What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.
Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…” And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing. And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.
Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.
Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).
However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”
Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change
It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.
Most recently the USJustice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”
Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound? They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.
Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?
It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda.
They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.
On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.
But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:
“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”
-
Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)
“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”
-
Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)
“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”
-
Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace)
Issue 2: Fear of Over Population
This
is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.
The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise. Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”
Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible. They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.
In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France.
Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.
Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure. They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations.
Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.
Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:
“Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”
-
David Brower (Sierra Club)
“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”
-
United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment.
Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System
We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.
So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.
So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually honoring the tactics of Jesse James?
Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal. It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one.
Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.
A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?
At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair.
It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society. Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.
Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry. The timber industry is killed and communities die.
Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?
Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:
“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”
-
Dave Foreman, (Earth First)
“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control”
-
Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)
“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”
-
Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles.
Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth
To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost.
Energy costs are skyrocketing. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs. Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the economic engine?
The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.
Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.
So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forced prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.
But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.
“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”
-
Proffessor Paul Ehrlich (Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)
“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”
-
Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)
“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”
-
Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation)
Issue 5: Common Core
Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not.
Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.
To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.
There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.
To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it. The effort started in earnest in the 1990s under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.
The original American education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.
Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers [and it is now being spread worldwide by the UN.]
Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.
Little of American civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity.
The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.
It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.
Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21. Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.
How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism? Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.
The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.
Said Tucker:
"First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.
What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…” coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”
Issue 6: Healthcare
How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.
An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”
Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat. Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”
Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.
The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.
These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21. Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives. It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants.
That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.
People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.
Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.
Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.
Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030
Agenda 2030 - Save the earth not you. Isn't it what is happening? Will you support it?
Agenda 21 escalated to 2030 with the Pope as the main protagonist.
Seventeen goals and targets that will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet:
Goal 1: End Poverty in all its Forms Everywhere
Translation: Continually engineer boom/bust and other financial crisis; centralize all ‘private banks’ – IMF, World Bank, Fed/BOE etc to control all finances via a digital world currencies; a cashless society administered via personal RFID chips(in phones and banking cards).
Continue to encourage and Increase dependence on personal debt by continually raising inflation/prices above earnings; make interest rates negative and then ‘charge’ for keeping balances in the black; make it impossible to function in society without digital beast system i.e. no access to work, food, healthcare, buying and selling, transport etc
Goal 2: End Hunger, Achieve Food Security and Improved Nutrition and Promote Sustainable Agriculture
Translation: Codex Alimentarius (opens in this window); full corporate control over the supply and production of only poor quality GMO (Frankenstein) food – causing cancer and genetic abnormalities leading to population reduction.
Encourage and promote vegetarianism with high consumption of GMO crops; make meat eating increasingly unacceptable by continually pushing the environmental damage and cancer causing message
Goal 3: Ensure Healthy Lives and Promote Well-Being for all at All Ages
Translation: Full government control and rationing of poor quality health care; compulsory health destroying vaccinations; legalize and advocate euthanasia.
Sexualization of children and minors; legalize and enable taxation of all drugs plus promote their widespread use
Goal 4: Ensure Inclusive and Equitable Quality Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All
Translation: UN propaganda, constant and relentless brainwashing delivered through all forms of media and compulsory ‘education’ from cradle to grave.
Use famous celebrities, actors, musicians and role models (that the elite control) to directly influence public opinion; label anyone who questions the status quo and refuses to conform, as mentally ill and incarcerate them indefinitely for their ‘own safety’; utilize political correctness as a weapon against free and analytical thinking
Goal 5: Achieve Gender Equality and Empower all Women and Girls
Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”; promote ‘alternative lifestyles’; destroy family and societal cohesion; ‘normalize’ all sexual orientations; feminize, ridicule and diminish traditional male roles
Goal 6: Ensure Availability and Sustainable Management of Water and Sanitation for All
Add fluoride and cancer causing chemicals to supply; increase charges and encourage the separate purchase of ‘safe’ drinking water
Goal 7: Ensure Access to Affordable, Reliable, Sustainable and Modern Energy for All
Translation: Phase out ‘fossil fuels’ and replace with 100% electricity supply and control network.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Smart grid with smart meters on everything; peak pricing; personal carbon rationing through RFID; draconian punishments for ‘excessive’ and ‘irresponsible’ usage
Goal 8: Promote Sustained, Inclusive and Sustainable Economic Growth, Full and Productive Employment and Decent Work for All
Translation: TPP; free trade zones that favor mega corporate interests; excessive taxation and red tape leading to eventual bankruptcy for all small/medium ‘non-corporate’ (elite owned) businesses.
Endless global and regional conflicts / terrorism / war leading to ‘job creation’ for the young by enforcing conscription into the security/armed services; vast labor factories, expansion of service sector and government assigned ‘non jobs’ with no upper age limit or retirement prospects for ‘workers’
Goal 9: Build Resilient Infrastructure, Promote Inclusive and Sustainable Industrialization and Foster Innovation
Translation: Promote and expand public transit; remove free/subsidized travel; apply environmental restrictions on personal travel; introduce a pay per mile/km auto tax and expand toll roads.
Build and maintain privately owned infrastructure using public funds by increasing levels of personal/carbon taxation
Goal 10: Reduce Inequality Within and Among Countries
Translation: Replace current systems of governance with one based on socialism and corporate control; introduce even more regional government bureaucracy and intrusion like a mutant octopus; open borders with unlimited and unchecked migration from Islamic countries causing widespread racial and religious wars/conflict/terrorism (thus population reduction on a grand scale).
Promote, normalize and enforce diversity with extensive and relentless media campaigns plus impose restrictive and punitive race/equality laws to silence any objection
Goal 11: Make Cities and Human Settlements Inclusive, Safe, Resilient and Sustainable
Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state with cameras watching everything 24/7; destroy rural communities; encourage city occupation.
Promote the affordability and environmental benefits of living in ‘sustainable’ compact micro units controlled and connected to the ‘smart grid’; restrict personal movement through RFID tracking/logging and no go zones
Goal 12: Ensure Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns
Translation: Forced austerity; limit availability and ration purchases of essential goods with RFID based cashless society; wipe out the ‘useless eaters’ then maintain the worlds population at under 500,000,000
Goal 13: Take Urgent Action to Combat Climate Change and its Impacts
Translation: Cap and Trade; carbon taxes/credits; footprint taxes; direct RFID credit/cash deductions for personal carbon usage; aggressively promote climate change as the ‘new religion’ and sanction ‘deniers‘; set-up eco-courts to enforce global and local climate laws and to punish ‘eco-crime’
Goal 14: Conserve and Sustainably Use the Oceans, Seas and Marine Resources for Sustainable Development
Translation: Environmental restrictions; control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.
Restrict public access to coastal areas and criminalize all unauthorized and unlawful infractions
Goal 15: Protect, Restore and Promote Sustainable Use of Terrestrial Ecosystems, Sustainably Manage Forests, Combat Decertification, and Halt and Reverse Land Degradation and Halt Biodiversity Loss
Translation: More environmental restrictions; more controlling of resources and mineral rights; restricted public access to vast areas of open space and woodlands etc with harsh penalties for all unauthorized and unlawful infractions
Goal 16: Promote Peaceful and Inclusive Societies for Sustainable Development, Provide Access to Justice for All and Build Effective, Accountable and Inclusive Institutions at all Levels
Translation: Use the NATO alliance and UN “peacekeeping” missions/proxy armies along with the International Court of (subjective) Justice, to force regime change on uncooperative nations and join desperate people together via fake refugee and other engineered crises; mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” and gain full control over regions and counties when tension breaks out.
Incrementally remove the 2nd Amendment in the USA using false flag events to sway public opinion in tandem with restrictive executive orders to bypass congress, provoke patriots into defending their rights and send all surviving dissenters to ‘re-education’ camps
Goal 17: Strengthen the Means of Implementation and Revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development
Translation: Promote and expand globalism and a bloated Orwellian bureaucratic state under the ‘authority” of the UN (by initiating world war if necessary) with direction from The (unelected) Council on Foreign Relations and The Trilateral Commission; implementation of a ‘one world government‘ with open borders and removal of national sovereignty worldwide; implement a fully biometric/RFID human control network
The last line of the agenda document (opens in this window) reads:
"We reaffirm our unwavering commitment to achieving this Agenda and utilizing it to the full to transform our world for the better by 2030."
Translation: We, as in the UN (the unelected de facto world government), are going to force this on the worlds population whether they like it or not, although we have absolutely no democratic mandate to do so.
UN Agenda 2030 = Total Enslavement For Anyone Left Standing! Of course the elite would not be affected by this.
Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand August 8 2017 | From: EnvirowatchRangetikei / Uncensored
Here outlined are some important facts you won’t see emphasized in mainstream media, which is why we need to support independent media.
Thanks to Ben Vidgen for his excellent research and to Vinny Eastwood for the video presentation.
We’ve covered some of the data in various posts over the past years, and particularly of interest is the agenda that’s going down, namely Agenda 21 (now 2030) and the push of that by the globalists.
Watch this compact fact-filled summary and consider as you weigh things up for this September. And please share the video.
NZ Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?
A critical analysis of New Zealand’s leaders for the last 40 years.
If you believe your vote does count, ask yourself this, why has every Prime Minister since Robert Muldoon belonged to international organizations pushing for an end to national sovereignty and a UN centered world government?
And why then, has every single Prime Minister sold this country’s strategic assets to foreigners, gotten us into massive debt, made huge cutbacks in nearly every public service & weakened this country’s sovereignty time after time despite promising the exact opposite to the people of New Zealand?
"Transport has concluded that light rail offers the best benefit to cost ratio, compared to heavy rail and bus rapid transport, to improve transport in the suburbs of the isthmus. Its business case found that existing transport is already at capacity and light rail is needed as soon as possible.
Auckland Council had included the light rail line as part of its 2016-2026 10 year plan. The Government’s Auckland Transport Alignment Plan has pushed it back to after 2028 despite acknowledging that passenger demand requires it within the coming decade.
Labour is keen to begin work on the light rail line as soon as possible and will work with Auckland Council to make funding this project a priority within ten years.
Half of the cost of the light rail line will be met by central government. This is estimated at $680m and will be met from unallocated funds in future years of the National Land Transport Programme without the need for additional revenue. The other half of the cost will be met by Auckland Council.”
- Excerpt from Labour Fact Sheet document
This plan didn’t exactly make waves. Barely a ripple.
Now, counting down to the general elections, the labour party, flagging in popularity, makes a bold move. Replacing “old and boring” Andrew Little with fresh and vibrant Jacinda Arden, the Fabian “Wolf in sheep’s clothing” of choice, and very much in line with the youth-appeal agenda of UK’s Labour Party.
A brilliant political move: The media spotlight changes from Blue to Red as National has the rug pulled out from under their feet. The Nats might as well not exist as far as the TV news is concerned.
And Arden’s first big announcement? The Light Rail Plan! The media goes wild, like Arden just pulled this out of her hat at the last moment:
So what? Good idea, great way to ease congestion in gridlocked Auckland. But, this is of course all part of the UN 2030 Agenda global plan and I have little doubt Booz Allen Hamilton will come creeping out of the woodwork as part of this.
Even as I write this, the TV is blaring Arden’s “superstar reception” and commenting on “Jacindamania” amid her repeated use of the phrase “World Class Cities” as she makes the Light Rail announcement.
In the global scheme of things I see the last minute Labour Party bombshell and sudden focus on light rail as a sign of the rapid progression of the New World Order agenda to have all the pieces in place by the year 2030.
GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom August 8 2017 | From: NewZealandHerald
The GCSB lost control of its surveillance technology and wasn't aware its systems continued spying on Kim Dotcom, according to new documents from the spy bureau.
It claimed that it turned off all surveillance systems targeting Dotcom and others but found out more than a year later that surveillance continued without its knowledge.
The details in the documents have led Dotcom to state that there is now evidence the United States' National Security Agency was carrying out surveillance on him.
Dotcom, who should have been protected from GCSB surveillance as a New Zealand resident, said the GCSB did not know because its equipment was being used by the NSA, which was "directly involved".
"New Zealanders must know how much power a foreign state holds over their private information," he told the New Zealand Herald.
The admission from the Government Communications Security Bureau was made in High Court papers.
It aimed to explain why Dotcom and others charged in the FBI's Megaupload investigation were spied on for two months longer than previously admitted.
The surveillance against Dotcom led to the revelation the GCSB didn't understand its own law and had illegally spied on 88 people as a result.
If Dotcom were spied on by the NSA through GCSB systems, that number would likely be much higher because it was also following an inaccurate rendering of New Zealand law.
The GCSB has always said it stopped actively spying on Dotcom and his co-accused on January 20, 2012, but a recent High Court judgment revealed that the actual end of surveillance was March 22, 2012.
The former Dotcom Mansion, which was raided by police and FBI on January 20 2012 in a bid to arrest Kim Dotcom
New High Court papers submitted by the Government in defence to a claim for damages over unlawful spying on Dotcom show the GCSB confirmed its active involvement ended on January 20, 2012, with the raid on Dotcom's mansion.
That was the date of the "Operation Debut" police raid on Dotcom's mansion in Coatesville, north of Auckland, which was to assist the FBI's multi-country takedown of the internet entrepreneur's Megaupload website.
The GCSB's role was to support police by monitoring the communications of Dotcom and others, passing on intelligence about where the targets would be and if they knew they were about to be arrested.
The court papers stated the spy bureau said it "detasked some selectors" on January 20, 2012, after the Friday dawn raid on the mansion by elite anti-terror police.
"Selectors" is the term used among Five Eyes countries to describe the search terms put into its global spying apparatus. Documents have previously showed Dotcom and his co-accused had email addresses, phone numbers, addresses and websites submitted to the GCSB as "selectors".
Peter Gabriel - The Veil
Considered a hero by some, and a traitor by others, SNOWDEN is the epic story of whistle-blower Edward Snowden and looks at how and why he did what he did and who he left behind.
The Veil was written and produced by Peter Gabriel and mixed by Tchad Blake.
“As we become so visible in the digital world and leave an endless trail of data behind us, exactly who has our data and what they do with it becomes increasingly important.
Snowden’s revelations shocked the world and made it very clear why we need to have some way to look over those who look over us. With increasing terrorist attacks, security is critical, but not without any accountability or oversight.
I was very happy to learn Oliver Stone had decided to make a film about Edward Snowden and believe this is a powerful and inspiring film.
Oliver takes his music very seriously and I have always enjoyed collaborating with him and [music supervisor] Budd Carr.”
– Peter Gabriel
The GCSB also told the High Court the "majority of selectors" were removed on January 24, 2012, the Monday following the raid, and a further "small number of selectors" were removed on January 30, 2012.
"They say that all activity by GCSB staff relating to Operation Debut ceased by 30 January, 2012."
But it added: "Limited interception of some communications continued beyond the detasking date without the knowledge of GCSB staff."
The GCSB said it was unaware of continued access of Dotcom through its systems until legal action was filed over the unlawful spying.
The court case started in April 2013, after then-Cabinet Secretary Rebecca Kitteridge carried out a review into the GCSB which revealed 88 people had been unlawfully spied on.
Pipitea House, Wellington, which houses the NZSIS and GCSB
There is no explanation in the court papers of how New Zealand's surveillance technology was used without the knowledge of the GCSB, which has the responsibility of running it.
The GCSB documents do contain an admission of NSA involvement, although it was not made outright.
In response to the accusation the GCSB had accessed NSA networks, the bureau refused to answer on national security grounds and acknowledged that under High Court rules that doing so would be seen by the court as an admission it had.
The same type of admission was made to the accusation the GCSB - and possibly the NSA - had accessed emails, phone and Skype communication, internet browsing histories and used phone or computer microphones to eavesdrop.
Experts quizzed by the Herald suggested it was either access to GCSB's systems by a Five Eyes power or that the GCSB had no idea over the surveillance processes it own systems were running.
And although audits of the system would be expected to show detailed reports of access, Kitteridge's view found the process was poor. She found "there is no internal audit function at all for many of the intelligence functions", that training was patchy and some audits simply weren't done.
Dotcom said the details showed some other party was using GCSB systems and he believed it would be the NSA.
"The US government has requested my extradition. The NSA is clearly the most interested party."
He said the alternative theory that the GCSB didn't realise what its systems collected would mean the bureau had no idea what it had done around a high-profile case which was subject to high-level scrutiny.
Kim Dotcom's campaign against surveillance has seen him linked with NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden and journalist and author Glenn Greenwald
"The NSA has unrestricted access to GCSB surveillance systems. In fact most of the technology the GCSB uses was supplied by the NSA."
Dotcom said his legal team expected to take further action based on the revelation.
"If the GCSB was aiding and abetting the NSA to spy directly on New Zealanders then the seriousness of the situation has changed dramatically and a truly independent inquiry and a new criminal investigation will be unavoidable."
He said it raised questions about the spy laws which changed in 2013, giving the GCSB greater powers under clearer legislation.
There was a surge in public attention over the activities of the bureau including protest marches and community meetings before the law passed in Parliament with a single vote.
But it also raises questions about the legality. Five Eyes countries have some ability to access each other's systems but do so on the basis of a "signals intelligence directive" - a set of rules which spell out the law.
At the time of the unlawful surveillance on Dotcom, the New Zealand rules - called NZSID7 - were an inaccurate reflection of the law.
It would mean Dotcom would have been spied on unlawfully - as the GCSB has admitted has been the case - because he would have been protected if NZSID7 was accurate.
A spokeswoman for the GCSB said spying on Dotcom ended on February 16, 2012.
She said the March 22, 2012, date which emerged recently was in relation to "a plaintiff who has since settled with GCSB". Dotcom's co-accused, Finn Batato, Bram van der Kolk and Mathias Ortmann, along with family, were originally part of the claim for damages.
Further comment would not be made because the judgment was likely to be appealed, she said. Also, she said: "We do not comment on what may or may not be operational."
A spokeswoman for Prime Minister Bill English said he would not comment because the case was before the courts.
Kim Dotcom says new evidence shows the NSA used the GCSB's equipment to spy on him
"We also do not comment on operational matters relating to our security and intelligence agencies."
A similar "no comment" came from GCSB minister Chris Finlayson. The NSA has also yet to respond but pointed to public statements by its director that it respects the laws of partner countries.
Massey University's Dr Rhys Ball, a lecturer at the Centre for Defence and Security Studies, said he believed it more likely "selectors" believed to have been turned off had not actually been deactivated.
He said it seemed unlikely the NSA would have been able to carry out surveillance on GCSB systems without the GCSB knowing. "I wouldn't have thought you could do that."
Security expert Dr Paul Buchanan, who runs a consultancy called 36th Parallel Assessments, said if the remaining surveillance was "targeted" then it was carried out by the GCSB or one of the Five Eyes parties.
He questioned whether the GCSB had a side-operation providing support to NZ Security Intelligence Service inquiries into Dotcom.
Timeline - Spying on Dotcom
2011
December 14:
Police asked the GCSB for help spying on Kim Dotcom and others.
December 16: Spying operation starts.
2012
January 20: Dotcom arrested. Spying operation ends.
January 24: Most "selectors" taken out of GCSB spying apparatus.
January 30: All GCSB work on Dotcom surveillance finished.
February 17: Question raised about legality of spying on Dotcom and two others.
February 27: GCSB legal director says a legal check has confirmed it was lawful.
March 22: Actual end of surveillance using GCSB assets.
August 9: High Court hearing hears disclosure that some other government agency "that worked for the government" was involved in Dotcom case.
August 16: Bill English as acting Prime Minister signs a Ministerial Certificate burying existence of the spying.
September 13: Prime Minister John Key is told the GCSB spied illegally and that the GCSB Ministerial Certificate is worthless. Later that month he makes it public, announcing inquiries and a review into the GCSB.
September 17: A GCSB member makes a sworn statement to the High Court saying surveillance ended on January 20.
2013
March: Key's appointee Rebecca Kitteridge completes a review of the GCSB. When released, it is a scathing indictment on its processes.
April: Legal action is launched by Dotcom over the unlawful spying, making a financial claim for damages. The GCSB checks its records and discovers surveillance continued until March 22 2012.
2017
July 14: A High Court judgment reveals publicly for the first time that the unlawful surveillance against Dotcom and others went until March 22.
Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches August 6 2017 | From: NewsTarget / AllNewsPipeline
Following more than a years’ worth of binge-publishing fake news about the Trump campaign, CNN has announced the resignation of three of its top journalists, including Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Eric Lichtblau.
Along with Thomas Frank and Lex Haris, Lichtblau was found guilty of publishing false information about Russia’s alleged meddling in the 2016 presidential election, a rumor that was apparently started by none other than failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton.
The resignations came to a head after CNN carelessly published a story recently accusing entrepreneur Anthony Scaramucci, an ally of President Trump and a member of his transition team, of colluding with Russia to get Mr. Trump elected.
These allegations centered around a delusion by these CNN reporters that Scaramucci was somehow connected to a Russian investment fund that’s currently under congressional investigation, a rumor that has since proven to be completely false.
There was never any proof to support these allegations, other than a single “anonymous source” that CNN and many other mainstream news outlets grabbed onto as “evidence” that President Trump had worked with the Russians to cause Clinton to lose the election.
When it became undeniable that the whole thing was completely made up, CNN had no choice but to do something – anything – to try to salvage its reputation. That’s about the time when the story was retracted and the three journalists “resigned.”
“That story did not meet CNN’s editorial standards and has been retracted. Links to the story have been disabled. CNN apologizes to Mr. Scaramucci.”
CNN Got it Wrong About Comey’s Investigation of Trump, Too
That CNN would claim to have “editorial standards” is rather humorous considering this isn’t the first time the network has published fake news about President Trump based on little more than wishful thinking. Back in June, the dying network reported that former FBI Director James Comey was going to dispute the claim that President Trump was not under investigation by the agency.
The CNN article, which was titled “Comey expected to refute Trump,” was once again based on anonymous sources who apparently told the network that Comey’s conversations with the President were “much more nuanced,” and that Mr. Trump had gotten things wrong in claiming that he was not under investigation.
Four CNN journalists – Gloria Borger, Eric Lichtblau, Jake Tapper, and Brian Rokus – all compiled the story, with Borger, CNN’s chief political analyst, appearing on TV to state the following:
“Comey is going to dispute the president on this point if he’s asked about it by senators, and we have to assume that he will be. He will say he never assured Donald Trump that he was not under investigation, that that would have been improper for him to do so.”
But that never happened, and CNN was forced to put its foot in its mouth and admit that the whole thing was simply untrue.
CNN quickly changed the title of the article to “Comey unlikely to judge on obstruction,” issuing the following statement in a correction:
“CORRECTION AND UPDATE: This article was published before Comey released his prepared opening statement. The article and headline have been corrected to reflect that Comey does not directly dispute that Trump was told multiple times he was not under investigation in his prepared testimony released after this story was published.”
There are just too many “oops!” moments at CNN these days for anyone to take the network seriously anymore. Its days are clearly numbered as more and more Americans learn the truth – and that it can’t be found at CNN.
Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches
On August 1, 2017, the YouTube blog provided an update on their Orwellian censorship policies, where under the guise of updating users on their "commitment to fight terror content online."
They will be implementing full Nazi fascist tactics to hide content that is "controversial but do not violate our policies," by using "cutting-edge machine learning technology designed to help us identify and remove violent extremism and terrorism-related content in a scalable way."
"Tougher standards: We’ll soon be applying tougher treatment to videos that aren’t illegal but have been flagged by users as potential violations of our policies on hate speech and violent extremism. If we find that these videos don’t violate our policies but contain controversial religious or supremacist content, they will be placed in a limited state.
The videos will remain on YouTube behind an interstitial, won’t be recommended, won’t be monetized, and won’t have key features including comments, suggested videos, and likes.
We’ll begin to roll this new treatment out to videos on desktop versions of YouTube in the coming weeks, and will bring it to mobile experiences soon thereafter. These new approaches entail significant new internal tools and processes, and will take time to fully implement.
In other words ladies an gentlemen if political commentary, or religious commentary, is considered non-compliant with the ideology of the groups they are using to "train" their bots, which they described as "expert NGOs and institutions through our Trusted Flagger program, including the Anti-Defamation League, the No Hate Speech Movement, and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue," those videos will be hidden, there will be no ability to "share" them using the icons meant for that purpose, the creators won't be able to monetize them, people will not be able to "like" them, nor have the ability to comment on them.
If that isn't going full fascist Nazi on Independent media, what would be? They list three specific ways they claim they have seen "positive progress."
The first is listed as "Speed and efficiency," where it states the following:
"Our machine learning systems are faster and more effective than ever before. Over 75 percent of the videos we've removed for violent extremism over the past month were taken down before receiving a single human flag."
The second is listed as "Accuracy," where they claim "The accuracy of our systems has improved dramatically due to our machine learning technology. While these tools aren’t perfect, and aren’t right for every setting, in many cases our systems have proven more accurate than humans at flagging videos that need to be removed."
We will stop here for a minute to address that "accuracy" claim, which we highlighted in a previous article, with screen shots of how "inaccurate" their little AI flagging bots or human flaggers are, as after appeal, video after video on ANP's channel were remonetized after a human reviewed it.
One example shown below:
It Gets Worse
YouTube has also decided that if a user searches for something specific that they have flagged as "sensitive keywords" they will now redirect those search results "towards a playlist of curated YouTube videos that directly confront and debunk violent extremist messages."
This YouTube update has not gone over well from users or creators, as seen in some of the comments below their blog post on this topic, with one saying "These are the actions of people who fundamentally do not believe in human freedom. They are not content with allowing people to choose for themselves, they have to impose a narrative on them. Or at least try.
I suspect if I wanted to I could find lots of videos that were very offense to me, but I don't go looking for them. Everyone has that same ability. I don't look for Pro-ISIS, Pro-Islam content. I don't go looking for videos from Communists and Marxists. It doesn't interest me, but they should be allowed to make them. But the same is not offered to the other side."
Another user gets right to the heart of the issue when they state "In other words, if you are not a social justice warrior, your videos will be restricted. Censorship = making YouTube safer for all."
More reactions include "Whats worse is if you search for content you want but Google and the "Creators for Change" think your opinions are shit you'll get a wave of propaganda sponsored by governments in league with Google, corporate partners, advocacy groups, and Youtube's chosen bigots!"
Heddy McCrab: "This is the particularly egregious part, right here. Not only are users no longer capable of exercising their brains to choose what content they want to share and comment on, but if you happen to harbor an idea that Master Google Upon High deems 'problematic', they'll spam you with re-education center propaganda.
Then they'll put you on a list with all the other 'problematic' people and sell it off to the media and would-be fascists they've recruited to serve as 'experts' in detecting offensive content.
That's assuming, of course, that they don't just deactivate your account and e-mail address like they just got caught doing earlier. "
Gwen Patton: "Please don't go down this road. It's disturbing and will not end well. It's going to be abused and misused by people who want to forward their own agendas. All you're doing is creating a PC, extreme-left, propagandizing echo chamber.'
John Smith: "That sh*t is called censorship. that is suppression of opposition and destroys freedom of speech. but of course google only cares about these things when it favors them. calling the right fascist while using the fascists methods themselves. truely disgusting."
Readers can scroll down at the YouTube post to see the rest of the comments, each and every one against Google/YouTube's fascist tactics, but fair warning, some are very colorful with their language.
We would recommend readers politely weigh in for themselves, letting YouTube know what you think of their censorship practices.
What Youtube Are Allowing is Sickening
Two articles just sent to me by Stefan shows that while YouTube is busy censoring anything they consider "extremists," such as conservative political commentary and criticisms against the MSM, they are allowing channels like "Tween" which caters to Pedophiles, one of which was subscribed to by none other than Imran Awan, the man just arrested attempting to leave the country and who is under criminal investigations for his wrong-doings while he worked as IT for dozens of Democratic congress members in the House.
So, pervs, pedophiles and channels that indoctrinate and brainwash people into the liberal social justice warrior mindset, are A-OK, but political commentary that does not fit with Google/YouTube's ideology is now considered "extremist content," to be hidden from view.
Bottom Line
YouTube, which is owned by Google, is attempting to stifle any type of independent thinking and any conservative opinion and commentary by labeling it "extremist," while conflating it will legitimate terrorist content.
This is how they intend to destroy Independent Media that will not push the official propaganda.
YouTube creators are also speaking out against this fascism on the part of Google/YouTube, in less than a full day, dozens of creators are already hammering YouTube, just a few of which are shown below, but a search on YouTube for the last 24 hours, has many, many more.
Pretty soon that "search result" may not "show" those criticisms because they do not conform to Google-YouTube's preferred narrative.
YouTube to Censor "Controversial" Videos
Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up August 5 2017 | From: DailyWire / Various
If these were Republican scandals, they would consume the news cycle.
Michael Sainato of The Observer has done a superb job of accumulating all the scandals currently roiling the Democrat Party. Well, not really roiling, because as we all know our objective, unbiased, and not-at-all-leftwing media is covering up every single one of these jaw-dropping scandals.
Smothering them to death. Burying them. In other words, thanks to our media, Democrats, the true Russian colluders (more on this below) are getting away with everything but murder.
So, with another word of thanks to The Observer for reminding us of these 17 scandals (I added the last two), here they broken down into a handy-dandy list.
1. Debbie Wasserman Schultz and the Shady IT Guy
While she was head of the Democrat National Committee (DNC), and until last week when he was detained by the FBI after attempting to flee the country, sitting Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz employed an IT aide named Imran Awan, who is under criminal investigation for all sorts of financial and intelligence crimes.
There are reports of him destroying hard drives sought by the FBI, and worse, there are reports he hid a laptop computer in a crevice somewhere in the congressional office building, which, until recently, Wasserman Schultz refused to give investigators access to.
Incredibly, Awan worked for a whole host of Democrats, but for some bizarre reason Wasserman Schultz did not fire him until last week when he attempted to flee justice.
Other than the usual reasons, the MSM is terrified of this story because Awan's access to all computer things Democrat might prove to be the source of the email hacks that the MSM is desperate to pin on Trump via Russia via WikiLeaks.
2. Democrat Mayors Charged with Pay-to-Play
In the great state of Pennsylvania, two former Democrat mayors were indicted on July 26 by the FBI for pay-to-play. This is the first you've heard of it because the national media is covering this story up.
Oh, and you also haven't heard of Philadelphia District Attorney Seth Williams, who is currently under investigation for $160,000 in gifts that went unreported.
3. Democrat Faces Bribery Charge
Sitting Congressman Robert Brady is currently under FBI investigation for allegedly paying a challenger $90,000 to drop out of the Democrat primary.
6. Corruption Scandal at the Democrat National Committee
As WikiLeaks proved, the DNC rigged the primary against Bernie Sanders in favor of Hillary Clinton. Due to a class action suit the media does not want you to know about, the scandal is not only ongoing, the discovery phase could be a goldmine - you know, for anyone interested in political corruption.
7. Democrat National Committee Sued for Unpaid Wages
Another class action lawsuit filed against the DNC involves campaign workers who claim they were screwed out of overtime pay even as millions in bonuses were handed out to bigwigs.
Congressman Steve King Calls For Wider Investigations of Obama, Clinton, Comey, Soros, Lynch, Abedin, and Weiner Scandals
Congressman Steve King released the following video of statements he made during Judiciary Committee debate of legislation requiring the Attorney General to provide copies of any document, record, audio recording, memo, correspondence, or other communication that refers or relates to a number of troubling aspects of James Comey’s tenure as FBI director.
In the course of his remarks, Congressman King recounted a litany of facts and events that reveal the corruption that surrounds many of the nation’s most prominent Democrats, as well as their disturbing pattern of using American taxpayer money to interfere in foreign elections. King’s entire remarks can be viewed by clicking on the embedded video.
King concluded his remarks by asserting the trail of Democratic election corruption leads to Barack Obama, and that the examples he cites should be investigated fully.
10. Sitting Democrat U.S. Senator Heads to Trial for Bribery
Just two months ago sitting United States Senator Bob Menendez exhausted his final appeal in the Supreme Court. In September, he will go to trial for bribery charges. This is a sitting U.S. Senator. Moreover, this is a sitting U.S. Senator from a major media zone - New Jersey.
But we all know is that Chris Christie went to the beach.
11. Democrat Mayoral Cover-Up In Chicago
Another high-profile Democrat in a major media zone is benefitting from a national media cover-up. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel not only buried video of a police shooting in 2015, his biggest union supporter - a major Democrat player - was just indicted (two weeks ago) for extortion.
12. Democrat Faces Corruption Charges In New York
In another major media market, a former Assembly Speaker is being tried for corruption.
13. Aides to New York Governor Andrew Cuomo Charged with Corruption
Like Chris Christie, Andrew Cuomo is the governor of a major state who is considering a presidential run. Like Chris Christie and Bridgegate, a number of Cuomo's aides have been indicted for numerous charges of corruption.
Unlike Chris Christie and Bridgegate, which was a major national story for over a year, we are hearing almost zippo from the MSM about Cuomo's ethical troubles, and his ethical troubles do not end there.
14. New York Governor Cuomo Diverts Emergency Funds to 'Pet Projects'
15. Former Democrat Congressman Pleads Guilty To Underage Sexting
Just two months ago, Anthony Weiner, who is not only a former New York Democrat Congressman but is also married to Hillary Clinton's top aide, Huma Abedin, pleaded guilty to sexting with a 15 -year-old girl.
Former President Bill Clinton resided over the wedding of Anthony and Huma, and now Anthony will have to register as a sex offender for the rest of his sick life. Oh, and thousands of Hillary's government emails were found on Wiener's laptop.
Over 300 votes cast to elect a Democrat Party Chair were fraudulent, according to a review board. A lawsuit is probably on the way in an election decided by just 62 votes.
18. Obama Administration Wiretaps Trump Through MASSIVE Unmasking
In order to wiretap Trump and his campaign, the Obama Administration wiretapped foreign officials and then unmasked the names of the Trump officials they spoke with, something that is highly unethical and almost certainly illegal.
Using national security to a political end is simply beyond the beyond. Moreover, much of this highly classified information was then leaked to a willing media, also for partisan political purposes.
19. Infamous Trump Dossier Fabricated By Company That Does Business With Russian Government
Well, well, well…
While there is zero proof of any collusion between the Russian government and the Trump campaign, there is now no question that Fusion GPS, the firm behind the thoroughly-discredited "Trump Dossier," has done business with and for the Russian government.
There are now claims from numerous sources that the "Trump Dossier" was created on behalf of the Russian government, which, if true, means that those most responsible for making the Dossier public - Senator John McCain, CNN's Jake Tapper, BuzzFeed's Ben Smith - are either colluding with Russians, i.e., knowingly spreading lies to disrupt our government, or Russian stooges.
NOTE: Yes, the American media does pretty much cover everything. So, yes, if you look hard enough you might find something about these scandals at CNN or The Washington Post. But let's not hide behind hyper-literalism.
Just because the MSM can point to a particular write-up, this does not mean the story has gotten any of the traction or attention it deserves.
The MSM writes these placeholder pieces only as a means of defense when accused of a cover-up, when we all know that if these were Republican scandals, the MSM stories surrounding them would not be published, buried and ignored - rather, they would consume the news cycle.
DNC Is Surrounded By Corruption, Mystery And Murder
The Democrats have been overtaken by globalists: Roger Stone joins Alex Jones live via Skype to discuss the corruption behind the DNC and new revelations about Seth Rich’s murder, Imran Awan’s foreign ties and Debbie Wasserman Schultz.
Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder August 4 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Infowars / Various
Democratic National Committee staffer Seth Rich’s murder continues to stir up public opinion in the US. Wall Street analyst Charles Ortel assumed that Rich’s death could have been part of a massive conspiracy aimed at appointing Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama.
The unresolved murder of Democratic National Committee (DNC) staffer Seth Rich has again been brought into the spotlight.
About a year ago Rich, who reportedly worked as the voter expansion data director at the DNC, was shot in the back in the Bloomingdale neighborhood of Washington D.C.
The Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) surmises that the DNC staffer was a victim of a robbery. However, his wallet, credit cards and cellphone were found on his body, intact.
To add to the controversy, the police have not been releasing new information on the case for months, prompting American political consultant Jack Burkman to file a suit against the MPD on Wednesday seeking to force them to release video footage of the murder.
For his part, US conservative commentator Sean Hannity signaled Tuesday that he is “making progress” in investigating what was really behind Seth Rich’s murder.
Why does the former DNC staffer attract so much attention?
The crux of the matter is that he is believed to be an alleged whistleblower who leaked nearly 20,000 DNC emails to WikiLeaks, exposing Hillary Clinton’s conspiracy against her counterpart - former Democratic presidential candidate Bernie Sanders.
Back in August 2016, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange dropped a hint that Rich could have been behind the leak. If that is true, the Democrats’ narrative that Russia had “meddled” in the US 2016 presidential election will fall apart like a house of cards.
Meanwhile, American investigative journalist and author Jerome R. Corsi has published a series of articles, which “explores the evidence that Seth Rich… leaked to WikiLeaks thousands of John Podesta’s emails.”
Sputnik asked Wall Street analyst and investigative journalist Charles Ortel to share his views on the issue.
If it is proven that Rich was behind the DNC leak, will it deal a lethal blow to the “Russians did it” story? At the same time, will it help answer the question who could have been behind Rich’s murder?
“Jerry Corsi’s excellent work deserves close attention as does the independent work of George Webb and others who are trying to discover why so many people close to the last election have died along the way,” Ortel told Sputnik.
Indeed, the death of attorney Shawn Lucas, who served the DNC with a lawsuit in early July 2016 accusing then-DNC Chairwoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz of “rigging primaries” for Hillary Clinton, raised a lot of questions.
Likewise, the passing of Joe Montano, who served as chairman of the Democratic National Committee before Debbie Wasserman Schultz, in July 2016, and the death of Victor Thorn, who authored four books on the Clintons, in August 2016, are still shrouded in mystery.
The US alternative media are circulating the so-called “Clinton death list” claiming that it contains the names of people who died after crossing the Clintons’ path.
“Assuming the FBI was given the appropriate attitude and necessary resources, I imagine they would wish to investigate what seems to be a massive criminal conspiracy to appoint Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama,” Ortel noted.
“Here, I would suggest going all the way back to the 2007 and 2008 election cycle to understand better exactly what accommodations may have been reached between the Obamas and the Clintons concerning the operation of the Clinton Foundation and its affiliates while Hillary Clinton served as US Secretary of State, forward to the present,” the Wall Street analyst suggested.
“What I see in the public record alone is a pattern where political donors and Clinton Foundation donors appear to have been richly rewarded numerous ways. In addition, particularly from 2009 forward the Clinton and Obama families, somehow, seem to have become much wealthier.
Can publishing houses credibly defend the enormous advances given for various books? Can payments for ‘speeches’ and for part-time positions be defended, when compared to incomes earned in the private sector for a full year of honest work?” Ortel asked.
Meanwhile, there is yet another burning issue related to the DNC leak.
The question is why the DNC still denies the FBI access to their hacked server. Or maybe it is the FBI that is insisting on not examining the server while relying on a private firm’s findings on the alleged hack?
“If I were a Democrat, and if I were a Bernie Sanders supporter, I would be furious with the leadership of the Democratic Party - its behavior during 2016 strongly suggests to me that party officials have much to hide, a conclusion that is consistent with their apparent refusal to let the FBI do its work, rigorously,” the Wall Street analyst emphasized.
“In solving mysteries, one of the oldest questions normally asked is ‘who benefits’?” he highlighted.
“I believe that the Clinton campaign acted as if their candidate had earned the absolute right not simply to win the presidency but to rule the American people with unchecked power. Having lost so badly in 2008, Hillary Clinton and her supporters were determined to win in 2016 at all costs.
So, damaging information was suppressed, and the primaries seem to have been rigged from what we know, so far, in the public domain,” Ortel elaborated, adding that “Americans deserve to know what really happened during election season.”
“Moreover, those who have been attacked, the Russian government for example, and others who have been charged in the media and even by politicians as having, potentially, meddled in the recent election cycle need either to be proven guilty or cleared,” he added.
The Wall Street analyst believes that “America needs to get its game back.”
“To do so, we need to root out the endemic corruption especially in Washington, D.C. among both political parties, drain the swamp and make examples of the swamp monsters who still believe, even now, that they are above the law,” Ortel concluded.
Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder
Trump confidante claims link between DNC staffer’s death and disgraced Wasserman Schultz aide.
According to Trump confidante Roger Stone, disgraced Debbie Wasserman Schultz aide Imran Awan was with former DNC staffer Seth Rich on the night of his murder.
Rich was murdered in an upscale area of Washington DC on July 10 last year but the killer or killers did not steal anything from the victim, rendering the police’s explanation that the incident was a robbery gone wrong doubtful.
Infowars reported on the questions surrounding Seth Rich’s murder multiple times back in August last year, including how there was around an hour and a half of “unaccounted for” time between Rich leaving a bar and being killed.
Brad Bauman, a crisis communications manager for the Democratic Party, was hired by Rich’s family to act as their spokesman. Bauman’s first action was to insist that people stop questioning the unsolved circumstances behind Rich’s murder.
Now Trump confidante Roger Stone claims that Imran Awan, Florida Democrat Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s information technology (IT) administrator, was with Seth Rich before he was murdered.
“FACT - Wasserman-Schulz “IT consultant” Awan was partying with Seth Rich the night of his murder ! Eat it @TheAtlantic !” Stone tweeted.
Awan reportedly possessed the password to DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s iPad when the DNC emails were leaked to Wikileaks.
Despite the mainstream media continually insisting – with no evidence – that Russia was responsible for the DNC leak – Julian Assange appeared to indicate that the source was Seth Rich during an appearance on Dutch television.
Hard drives recovered from Awan’s home were found to be smashed up with a hammer. Wasserman Schultz later threatened the chief of the U.S. Capitol Police with “consequences” for holding equipment related to the investigation into Awan.
Awan, who got paid 3 times the average Congressional I.T. employee salary, was arrested at Dulles airport after wiring $300,000 to Pakistan and attempting to flee the country.
According to Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer, Awan was working with and wiring money to the Muslim Brotherhood, a Sunni Islamist organization that is allied with terrorist groups and advocates Shariah law.
Meanwhile in a related development, a lawsuit filed against Fox News by Rod Wheeler claims that, “The Fox News Channel and a wealthy supporter of President Trump worked in concert under the watchful eye of the White House to concoct a story” about the murder of Seth Rich.
CURRENT AFFAIRS
Erdogan Says He Has "Confirmed Evidence" The US Supports ISIS + US Senator Says ISIS Used As Tool By Saudis, US & Turkey When It Suits Their Interests 
1. Toppling Governments Around the World
Just like the assassination of JFK.
The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]
The 
Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.
Water Source NZ
December 14:
